rds

package module
v0.26.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

Go to latest
Published: Sep 30, 2020 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 28 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

View Source
const ServiceAPIVersion = "2014-10-31"
View Source
const ServiceID = "RDS"

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

func AddResolveEndpointMiddleware

func AddResolveEndpointMiddleware(stack *middleware.Stack, options ResolveEndpointMiddlewareOptions)

func NewDefaultEndpointResolver

func NewDefaultEndpointResolver() *internalendpoints.Resolver

NewDefaultEndpointResolver constructs a new service endpoint resolver

func RemoveResolveEndpointMiddleware

func RemoveResolveEndpointMiddleware(stack *middleware.Stack) error

Types

type AddRoleToDBClusterInput

type AddRoleToDBClusterInput struct {
	// The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora DB
	// cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole.
	RoleArn *string
	// The name of the feature for the DB cluster that the IAM role is to be associated
	// with. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion ().
	FeatureName *string
}

type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput

type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type AddRoleToDBInstanceInput

type AddRoleToDBInstanceInput struct {
	// The name of the feature for the DB instance that the IAM role is to be
	// associated with. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion
	// ().
	FeatureName *string
	// The name of the DB instance to associate the IAM role with.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the DB
	// instance, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole.
	RoleArn *string
}

type AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput

type AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct {
	// The identifier of the event source to be added. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If the
	// source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be supplied.
	//
	//
	// * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must be
	// supplied.
	//
	//     * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a
	// DBParameterGroupName must be supplied.
	//
	//     * If the source type is a DB
	// snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied.
	SourceIdentifier *string
	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source
	// identifier to.
	SubscriptionName *string
}

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct {
	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the
	// DescribeEventSubscriptions action.
	EventSubscription *types.EventSubscription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type AddTagsToResourceInput

type AddTagsToResourceInput struct {
	// The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are added to. This value is an Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing an
	// RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	ResourceName *string
	// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource.
	Tags []*types.Tag
}

type AddTagsToResourceOutput

type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct {
	// The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance
	// action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing an
	// RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	ResourceIdentifier *string
	// A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request.
	// An opt-in request of type immediate can't be undone. Valid values:
	//
	//     *
	// immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately.
	//
	//     * next-maintenance -
	// Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance window for the
	// resource.
	//
	//     * undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in
	// requests.
	OptInType *string
	// The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource. Valid values:
	// system-update, db-upgrade, hardware-maintenance, ca-certificate-rotation
	ApplyAction *string
}

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct {
	// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.
	ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *types.ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
	// AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the
	// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS access key ID isn't an acceptable value.
	// For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
	// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
	// must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string
	// The IP range to authorize.
	CIDRIP *string
	// Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups,
	// EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and
	// either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string
	// The name of the DB security group to add authorization to.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string
	// Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups,
	// EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and
	// either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupId *string
}

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. This data type is used
	// as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.
	DBSecurityGroup *types.DBSecurityGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type BacktrackDBClusterInput

type BacktrackDBClusterInput struct {
	// The timestamp of the time to backtrack the DB cluster to, specified in ISO 8601
	// format. For more information about ISO 8601, see the ISO8601 Wikipedia page.
	// (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) If the specified time isn't a consistent
	// time for the DB cluster, Aurora automatically chooses the nearest possible
	// consistent time for the DB cluster. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain a valid ISO
	// 8601 timestamp.
	//
	//     * Can't contain a timestamp set in the future.
	//
	// Example:
	// 2017-07-08T18:00Z
	BacktrackTo *time.Time
	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be backtracked. This parameter is
	// stored as a lowercase string. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain from 1 to 63
	// alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//
	// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example:
	// my-cluster1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// A value that indicates whether to backtrack the DB cluster to the earliest
	// possible backtrack time when BacktrackTo is set to a timestamp earlier than the
	// earliest backtrack time. When this parameter is disabled and BacktrackTo is set
	// to a timestamp earlier than the earliest backtrack time, an error occurs.
	UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable *bool
	// A value that indicates whether to force the DB cluster to backtrack when binary
	// logging is enabled. Otherwise, an error occurs when binary logging is enabled.
	Force *bool
}

type BacktrackDBClusterOutput

type BacktrackDBClusterOutput struct {
	// The timestamp of the time to which the DB cluster was backtracked.
	BacktrackTo *time.Time
	// The timestamp of the time at which the backtrack was requested.
	BacktrackRequestCreationTime *time.Time
	// Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB cluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The timestamp of the time from which the DB cluster was backtracked.
	BacktrackedFrom *time.Time
	// Contains the backtrack identifier.
	BacktrackIdentifier *string
	// The status of the backtrack. This property returns one of the following
	// values:
	//
	//     * applying - The backtrack is currently being applied to or rolled
	// back from the DB cluster.
	//
	//     * completed - The backtrack has successfully been
	// applied to or rolled back from the DB cluster.
	//
	//     * failed - An error occurred
	// while the backtrack was applied to or rolled back from the DB cluster.
	//
	//     *
	// pending - The backtrack is currently pending application to or rollback from the
	// DB cluster.
	Status *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks action.

type CancelExportTaskInput

type CancelExportTaskInput struct {
	// The identifier of the snapshot export task to cancel.
	ExportTaskIdentifier *string
}

type CancelExportTaskOutput

type CancelExportTaskOutput struct {
	// The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting a
	// snapshot.
	IamRoleArn *string
	// The total amount of data exported, in gigabytes.
	TotalExtractedDataInGB *int32
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3.
	SourceArn *string
	// The Amazon S3 bucket that the snapshot is exported to.
	S3Bucket *string
	// The time that the snapshot was created.
	SnapshotTime *time.Time
	// The progress status of the export task.
	Status *string
	// A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier
	// for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is exported to.
	ExportTaskIdentifier *string
	// The reason the export failed, if it failed.
	FailureCause *string
	// The progress of the snapshot export task as a percentage.
	PercentProgress *int32
	// The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported
	// snapshot.
	S3Prefix *string
	// The ID of the AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's
	// exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS
	// key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. The IAM role
	// used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption permissions to
	// use this KMS key.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// The time that the snapshot export task completed.
	TaskEndTime *time.Time
	// The data exported from the snapshot. Valid values are the following:
	//
	//     *
	// database - Export all the data from a specified database.
	//
	//     * database.table
	// table-name - Export a table of the snapshot. This format is valid only for RDS
	// for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and Aurora MySQL.
	//
	//     * database.schema schema-name
	// - Export a database schema of the snapshot. This format is valid only for RDS
	// for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.
	//
	//     * database.schema.table table-name -
	// Export a table of the database schema. This format is valid only for RDS for
	// PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.
	ExportOnly []*string
	// A warning about the snapshot export task.
	WarningMessage *string
	// The time that the snapshot export task started.
	TaskStartTime *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the details of a snapshot export to Amazon S3. This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeExportTasks action.

type Client

type Client struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Amazon Relational Database Service Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that makes it easier to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in the cloud. It provides cost-efficient, resizeable capacity for an industry-standard relational database and manages common database administration tasks, freeing up developers to focus on what makes their applications and businesses unique. Amazon RDS gives you access to the capabilities of a MySQL, MariaDB, PostgreSQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, or Amazon Aurora database server. These capabilities mean that the code, applications, and tools you already use today with your existing databases work with Amazon RDS without modification. Amazon RDS automatically backs up your database and maintains the database software that powers your DB instance. Amazon RDS is flexible: you can scale your DB instance's compute resources and storage capacity to meet your application's demand. As with all Amazon Web Services, there are no up-front investments, and you pay only for the resources you use. This interface reference for Amazon RDS contains documentation for a programming or command line interface you can use to manage Amazon RDS. Amazon RDS is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces might require techniques such as polling or callback functions to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a command is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the maintenance window. The reference structure is as follows, and we list following some related topics from the user guide. <p> <b>Amazon RDS API Reference</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p>For the alphabetical list of API actions, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_Operations.html">API Actions</a>.</p> </li> <li> <p>For the alphabetical list of data types, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_Types.html">Data Types</a>.</p> </li> <li> <p>For a list of common query parameters, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/CommonParameters.html">Common Parameters</a>.</p> </li> <li> <p>For descriptions of the error codes, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/CommonErrors.html">Common Errors</a>.</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>Amazon RDS User Guide</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p>For a summary of the Amazon RDS interfaces, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Welcome.html#Welcome.Interfaces">Available RDS Interfaces</a>.</p> </li> <li> <p>For more information about how to use the Query API, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Using_the_Query_API.html">Using the Query API</a>.</p> </li> </ul>

func New

func New(options Options, optFns ...func(*Options)) *Client

New returns an initialized Client based on the functional options. Provide additional functional options to further configure the behavior of the client, such as changing the client's endpoint or adding custom middleware behavior.

func NewFromConfig

func NewFromConfig(cfg aws.Config, optFns ...func(*Options)) *Client

NewFromConfig returns a new client from the provided config.

func (*Client) AddRoleToDBCluster

func (c *Client) AddRoleToDBCluster(ctx context.Context, params *AddRoleToDBClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error)

Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora MySQL to Access Other AWS Services on Your Behalf (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Integrating.Authorizing.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) AddRoleToDBInstance

func (c *Client) AddRoleToDBInstance(ctx context.Context, params *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput, error)

Associates an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with a DB instance. To add a role to a DB instance, the status of the DB instance must be available.

func (*Client) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription

func (c *Client) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error)

Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription.

func (*Client) AddTagsToResource

func (c *Client) AddTagsToResource(ctx context.Context, params *AddTagsToResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error)

Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources, or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS. For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).

func (*Client) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction

func (c *Client) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(ctx context.Context, params *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error)

Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB instance).

func (*Client) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress

func (c *Client) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(ctx context.Context, params *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization. First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second, IP ranges are available if the application accessing your database is running on the Internet. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDR range, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC). You can't authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one AWS Region to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You can't authorize ingress from a VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).

func (*Client) BacktrackDBCluster

func (c *Client) BacktrackDBCluster(ctx context.Context, params *BacktrackDBClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BacktrackDBClusterOutput, error)

Backtracks a DB cluster to a specific time, without creating a new DB cluster. For more information on backtracking, see Backtracking an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Managing.Backtrack.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora MySQL DB clusters.

func (*Client) CancelExportTask

func (c *Client) CancelExportTask(ctx context.Context, params *CancelExportTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelExportTaskOutput, error)

Cancels an export task in progress that is exporting a snapshot to Amazon S3. Any data that has already been written to the S3 bucket isn't removed.

func (*Client) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup

func (c *Client) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) CopyDBClusterSnapshot

func (c *Client) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster. To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot. <p>You can copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. In that case, the AWS Region where you call the <code>CopyDBClusterSnapshot</code> action is the destination AWS Region for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied to. To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region, you must provide the following values:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>KmsKeyId</code> - The AWS Key Management System (AWS KMS) key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region.</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>PreSignedUrl</code> - A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the <code>CopyDBClusterSnapshot</code> action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster snapshot is copied from. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the <code>CopyDBClusterSnapshot</code> API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied.</p> <p>The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>KmsKeyId</code> - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the <code>CopyDBClusterSnapshot</code> action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed URL.</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>DestinationRegion</code> - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot is to be created in.</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier</code> - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your <code>SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier</code> looks like the following example: <code>arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115</code>.</p> </li> </ul> <p>To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html"> Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4)</a> and <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html"> Signature Version 4 Signing Process</a>.</p> <note> <p>If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify <code>SourceRegion</code> (or <code>--source-region</code> for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying <code>PreSignedUrl</code> manually. Specifying <code>SourceRegion</code> autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.</p> </note> </li> <li> <p> <code>TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier</code> - The identifier for the new copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region.</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier</code> - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the ARN format for the source AWS Region and is the same value as the <code>SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier</code> in the pre-signed URL. </p> </li> </ul> <p>To cancel the copy operation once it is in progress, delete the target DB cluster snapshot identified by <code>TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier</code> while that DB cluster snapshot is in "copying" status.</p> <p>For more information on copying encrypted DB cluster snapshots from one AWS Region to another, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html"> Copying a Snapshot</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p> <p>For more information on Amazon Aurora, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html"> What Is Amazon Aurora?</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p> <note> <p>This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.</p> </note>

func (*Client) CopyDBParameterGroup

func (c *Client) CopyDBParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CopyDBParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error)

Copies the specified DB parameter group.

func (*Client) CopyDBSnapshot

func (c *Client) CopyDBSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *CopyDBSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error)

Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the "available" state. <p>You can copy a snapshot from one AWS Region to another. In that case, the AWS Region where you call the <code>CopyDBSnapshot</code> action is the destination AWS Region for the DB snapshot copy. </p> <p>For more information about copying snapshots, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopyDBSnapshot">Copying a DB Snapshot</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p>

func (*Client) CopyOptionGroup

func (c *Client) CopyOptionGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CopyOptionGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error)

Copies the specified option group.

func (*Client) CreateCustomAvailabilityZone

func (c *Client) CreateCustomAvailabilityZone(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput, error)

Creates a custom Availability Zone (AZ). A custom AZ is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a VMware vSphere cluster. For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html)

func (*Client) CreateDBCluster

func (c *Client) CreateDBCluster(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDBClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error)

Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster as a read replica of another DB cluster or Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance. For cross-region replication where the DB cluster identified by ReplicationSourceIdentifier is encrypted, you must also specify the PreSignedUrl parameter. <p>For more information on Amazon Aurora, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html"> What Is Amazon Aurora?</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p> <note> <p>This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.</p> </note>

func (*Client) CreateDBClusterEndpoint

func (c *Client) CreateDBClusterEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput, error)

Creates a new custom endpoint and associates it with an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup

func (c *Client) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new DB cluster parameter group. Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances in a DB cluster. A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster. When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster, you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect. After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters action to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or modified. <p>For more information on Amazon Aurora, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html"> What Is Amazon Aurora?</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p> <note> <p>This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.</p> </note>

func (*Client) CreateDBClusterSnapshot

func (c *Client) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) CreateDBInstance

func (c *Client) CreateDBInstance(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDBInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error)

Creates a new DB instance.

func (*Client) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica

func (c *Client) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error)

Creates a new DB instance that acts as a read replica for an existing source DB instance. You can create a read replica for a DB instance running MySQL, MariaDB, Oracle, PostgreSQL, or SQL Server. For more information, see Working with Read Replicas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReadRepl.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide. <p>Amazon Aurora doesn't support this action. Call the <code>CreateDBInstance</code> action to create a DB instance for an Aurora DB cluster.</p> <p>All read replica DB instances are created with backups disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security groups and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance, except as specified.</p> <important> <p>Your source DB instance must have backup retention enabled. </p> </important>

func (*Client) CreateDBParameterGroup

func (c *Client) CreateDBParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDBParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new DB parameter group. A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated settings to take effect. After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has been created or modified.

func (*Client) CreateDBProxy

func (c *Client) CreateDBProxy(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDBProxyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDBProxyOutput, error)

Creates a new DB proxy.

func (*Client) CreateDBSecurityGroup

func (c *Client) CreateDBSecurityGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB instance. A DB security group controls access to EC2-Classic DB instances that are not in a VPC.

func (*Client) CreateDBSnapshot

func (c *Client) CreateDBSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDBSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state.

func (*Client) CreateDBSubnetGroup

func (c *Client) CreateDBSubnetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region.

func (*Client) CreateEventSubscription

func (c *Client) CreateEventSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic Amazon Resource Name (ARN) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console, or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console. You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of, provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, Backup. <p>If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you are notified of all the db-instance events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify a SourceIdentifier, you receive notice of the events for that source type for all your RDS sources. If you don't specify either the SourceType or the SourceIdentifier, you are notified of events generated from all RDS sources belonging to your customer account.</p> <note> <p>RDS event notification is only available for unencrypted SNS topics. If you specify an encrypted SNS topic, event notifications aren't sent for the topic.</p> </note>

func (*Client) CreateGlobalCluster

func (c *Client) CreateGlobalCluster(ctx context.Context, params *CreateGlobalClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateGlobalClusterOutput, error)

Creates an Aurora global database spread across multiple regions. The global database contains a single primary cluster with read-write capability, and a read-only secondary cluster that receives data from the primary cluster through high-speed replication performed by the Aurora storage subsystem. You can create a global database that is initially empty, and then add a primary cluster and a secondary cluster to it. Or you can specify an existing Aurora cluster during the create operation, and this cluster becomes the primary cluster of the global database. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) CreateOptionGroup

func (c *Client) CreateOptionGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateOptionGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups.

func (*Client) DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone

func (c *Client) DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput, error)

Deletes a custom Availability Zone (AZ). A custom AZ is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a VMware vSphere cluster. For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html)

func (*Client) DeleteDBCluster

func (c *Client) DeleteDBCluster(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDBClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error)

The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster are not deleted. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) DeleteDBClusterEndpoint

func (c *Client) DeleteDBClusterEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput, error)

Deletes a custom endpoint and removes it from an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup

func (c *Client) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot

func (c *Client) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation is terminated. The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) DeleteDBInstance

func (c *Client) DeleteDBInstance(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDBInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error)

The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted. If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action can't be canceled or reverted once submitted. When a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, incompatible-restore, or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when you skip creation of the final snapshot with the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter. <p>If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you can't delete the DB instance if both of the following conditions are true:</p> <ul> <li> <p>The DB cluster is a read replica of another Amazon Aurora DB cluster.</p> </li> <li> <p>The DB instance is the only instance in the DB cluster.</p> </li> </ul> <p>To delete a DB instance in this case, first call the <code>PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster</code> API action to promote the DB cluster so it's no longer a read replica. After the promotion completes, then call the <code>DeleteDBInstance</code> API action to delete the final instance in the DB cluster.</p>

func (*Client) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup

func (c *Client) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput, error)

Deletes automated backups based on the source instance's DbiResourceId value or the restorable instance's resource ID.

func (*Client) DeleteDBParameterGroup

func (c *Client) DeleteDBParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error)

Deletes a specified DB parameter group. The DB parameter group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB instances.

func (*Client) DeleteDBProxy

func (c *Client) DeleteDBProxy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDBProxyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDBProxyOutput, error)

Deletes an existing proxy.

func (*Client) DeleteDBSecurityGroup

func (c *Client) DeleteDBSecurityGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error)

Deletes a DB security group. The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances.

func (*Client) DeleteDBSnapshot

func (c *Client) DeleteDBSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDBSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error)

Deletes a DB snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation is terminated. The DB snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.

func (*Client) DeleteDBSubnetGroup

func (c *Client) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error)

Deletes a DB subnet group. The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances.

func (*Client) DeleteEventSubscription

func (c *Client) DeleteEventSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

Deletes an RDS event notification subscription.

func (*Client) DeleteGlobalCluster

func (c *Client) DeleteGlobalCluster(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteGlobalClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteGlobalClusterOutput, error)

Deletes a global database cluster. The primary and secondary clusters must already be detached or destroyed first. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) DeleteInstallationMedia

func (c *Client) DeleteInstallationMedia(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteInstallationMediaInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteInstallationMediaOutput, error)

Deletes the installation medium for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server.

func (*Client) DeleteOptionGroup

func (c *Client) DeleteOptionGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteOptionGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error)

Deletes an existing option group.

func (*Client) DeregisterDBProxyTargets

func (c *Client) DeregisterDBProxyTargets(ctx context.Context, params *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput, error)

Remove the association between one or more DBProxyTarget data structures and a DBProxyTargetGroup.

func (*Client) DescribeAccountAttributes

func (c *Client) DescribeAccountAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAccountAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error)

Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed. The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward that quota, and the quota's maximum value. This command doesn't take any parameters.

func (*Client) DescribeCertificates

func (c *Client) DescribeCertificates(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCertificatesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error)

Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS account.

func (*Client) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones

func (c *Client) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput, error)

Returns information about custom Availability Zones (AZs). A custom AZ is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a VMware vSphere cluster. For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html)

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterBacktracks

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterBacktracks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, error)

Returns information about backtracks for a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora MySQL DB clusters.

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterEndpoints

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterEndpoints(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, error)

Returns information about endpoints for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error)

Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified DB cluster parameter group. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterParameters

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterParameters(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error)

Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter group. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error)

Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB cluster snapshot. When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error)

Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports pagination. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusters

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusters(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBClustersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error)

Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API supports pagination. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This operation can also return information for Amazon Neptune DB instances and Amazon DocumentDB instances.

func (*Client) DescribeDBEngineVersions

func (c *Client) DescribeDBEngineVersions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error)

Returns a list of the available DB engines.

func (*Client) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups

func (c *Client) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput, error)

Displays backups for both current and deleted instances. For example, use this operation to find details about automated backups for previously deleted instances. Current instances with retention periods greater than zero (0) are returned for both the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups and DescribeDBInstances operations. All parameters are optional.

func (*Client) DescribeDBInstances

func (c *Client) DescribeDBInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error)

Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination. This operation can also return information for Amazon Neptune DB instances and Amazon DocumentDB instances.

func (*Client) DescribeDBLogFiles

func (c *Client) DescribeDBLogFiles(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error)

Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance.

func (*Client) DescribeDBParameterGroups

func (c *Client) DescribeDBParameterGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error)

Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified DB parameter group.

func (*Client) DescribeDBParameters

func (c *Client) DescribeDBParameters(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBParametersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error)

Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group.

func (*Client) DescribeDBProxies

func (c *Client) DescribeDBProxies(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBProxiesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBProxiesOutput, error)

Returns information about DB proxies.

func (*Client) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups

func (c *Client) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput, error)

Returns information about DB proxy target groups, represented by DBProxyTargetGroup data structures.

func (*Client) DescribeDBProxyTargets

func (c *Client) DescribeDBProxyTargets(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput, error)

Returns information about DBProxyTarget objects. This API supports pagination.

func (*Client) DescribeDBSecurityGroups

func (c *Client) DescribeDBSecurityGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DB security group.

func (*Client) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes

func (c *Client) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error)

Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB snapshot. When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.

func (*Client) DescribeDBSnapshots

func (c *Client) DescribeDBSnapshots(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error)

Returns information about DB snapshots. This API action supports pagination.

func (*Client) DescribeDBSubnetGroups

func (c *Client) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error)

Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup. For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).

func (*Client) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters

func (c *Client) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error)

Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster database engine. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters

func (c *Client) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error)

Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified database engine.

func (*Client) DescribeEventCategories

func (c *Client) DescribeEventCategories(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error)

Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and source types in the Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeEventSubscriptions

func (c *Client) DescribeEventSubscriptions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error)

Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType, SourceID, CreationTime, and Status. If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription.

func (*Client) DescribeEvents

func (c *Client) DescribeEvents(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEventsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error)

Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots, and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are returned.

func (*Client) DescribeExportTasks

func (c *Client) DescribeExportTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeExportTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error)

Returns information about a snapshot export to Amazon S3. This API operation supports pagination.

func (*Client) DescribeGlobalClusters

func (c *Client) DescribeGlobalClusters(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeGlobalClustersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput, error)

Returns information about Aurora global database clusters. This API supports pagination. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) DescribeInstallationMedia

func (c *Client) DescribeInstallationMedia(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstallationMediaInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstallationMediaOutput, error)

Describes the available installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server.

func (*Client) DescribeOptionGroupOptions

func (c *Client) DescribeOptionGroupOptions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error)

Describes all available options.

func (*Client) DescribeOptionGroups

func (c *Client) DescribeOptionGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error)

Describes the available option groups.

func (*Client) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions

func (c *Client) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error)

Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine.

func (*Client) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions

func (c *Client) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error)

Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least one pending maintenance action.

func (*Client) DescribeReservedDBInstances

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedDBInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error)

Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about a specified reserved DB instance.

func (*Client) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error)

Lists available reserved DB instance offerings.

func (*Client) DescribeSourceRegions

func (c *Client) DescribeSourceRegions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSourceRegionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error)

Returns a list of the source AWS Regions where the current AWS Region can create a read replica or copy a DB snapshot from. This API action supports pagination.

func (*Client) DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications

func (c *Client) DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error)

You can call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications to learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance.

func (*Client) DownloadDBLogFilePortion

func (c *Client) DownloadDBLogFilePortion(ctx context.Context, params *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error)

Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size.

func (*Client) FailoverDBCluster

func (c *Client) FailoverDBCluster(ctx context.Context, params *FailoverDBClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error)

Forces a failover for a DB cluster. A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the Aurora Replicas (read-only instances) in the DB cluster to be the primary instance (the cluster writer). Amazon Aurora will automatically fail over to an Aurora Replica, if one exists, when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you want to simulate a failure of a primary instance for testing. Because each instance in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when the failover is complete. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) ImportInstallationMedia

func (c *Client) ImportInstallationMedia(ctx context.Context, params *ImportInstallationMediaInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportInstallationMediaOutput, error)

Imports the installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as SQL Server.

func (*Client) ListTagsForResource

func (c *Client) ListTagsForResource(ctx context.Context, params *ListTagsForResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error)

Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource. For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyCertificates

func (c *Client) ModifyCertificates(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyCertificatesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyCertificatesOutput, error)

Override the system-default Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security (SSL/TLS) certificate for Amazon RDS for new DB instances temporarily, or remove the override. By using this operation, you can specify an RDS-approved SSL/TLS certificate for new DB instances that is different from the default certificate provided by RDS. You can also use this operation to remove the override, so that new DB instances use the default certificate provided by RDS. You might need to override the default certificate in the following situations:

  • You already

migrated your applications to support the latest certificate authority (CA) certificate, but the new CA certificate is not yet the RDS default CA certificate for the specified AWS Region.

  • RDS has already moved to a new

default CA certificate for the specified AWS Region, but you are still in the process of supporting the new CA certificate. In this case, you temporarily need additional time to finish your application changes.

For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for RDS DB engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide. For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for Aurora DB engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity

func (c *Client) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput, error)

Set the capacity of an Aurora Serverless DB cluster to a specific value. Aurora Serverless scales seamlessly based on the workload on the DB cluster. In some cases, the capacity might not scale fast enough to meet a sudden change in workload, such as a large number of new transactions. Call ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity to set the capacity explicitly. After this call sets the DB cluster capacity, Aurora Serverless can automatically scale the DB cluster based on the cooldown period for scaling up and the cooldown period for scaling down. For more information about Aurora Serverless, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. If you call ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity with the default TimeoutAction, connections that prevent Aurora Serverless from finding a scaling point might be dropped. For more information about scaling points, see Autoscaling for Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.how-it-works.html#aurora-serverless.how-it-works.auto-scaling) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) ModifyDBCluster

func (c *Client) ModifyDBCluster(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDBClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error)

Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) ModifyDBClusterEndpoint

func (c *Client) ModifyDBClusterEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput, error)

Modifies the properties of an endpoint in an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup

func (c *Client) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated with the parameter group before the change can take effect. After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters action to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or modified. If the modified DB cluster parameter group is used by an Aurora Serverless cluster, Aurora applies the update immediately. The cluster restart might interrupt your workload. In that case, your application must reopen any connections and retry any transactions that were active when the parameter changes took effect. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute

func (c *Client) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error)

Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, a manual DB cluster snapshot. To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public, which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Don't add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If a manual DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter in this case. To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot is public or private, use the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes () API action. The accounts are returned as values for the restore attribute. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) ModifyDBInstance

func (c *Client) ModifyDBInstance(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDBInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error)

Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request. To learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance, call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications before you call ModifyDBInstance.

func (*Client) ModifyDBParameterGroup

func (c *Client) ModifyDBParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDBParameterGroupOutput, error)

Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated with the parameter group before the change can take effect. After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has been created or modified.

func (*Client) ModifyDBProxy

func (c *Client) ModifyDBProxy(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDBProxyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDBProxyOutput, error)

Changes the settings for an existing DB proxy.

func (*Client) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup

func (c *Client) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput, error)

Modifies the properties of a DBProxyTargetGroup.

func (*Client) ModifyDBSnapshot

func (c *Client) ModifyDBSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDBSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput, error)

Updates a manual DB snapshot with a new engine version. The snapshot can be encrypted or unencrypted, but not shared or public. </p> <p>Amazon RDS supports upgrading DB snapshots for MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL. </p>

func (*Client) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute

func (c *Client) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error)

Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, a manual DB snapshot. To share a manual DB snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB snapshot. Uses the value all to make the manual DB snapshot public, which means it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Don't add the all value for any manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter in this case. To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot, or whether a manual DB snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes () API action. The accounts are returned as values for the restore attribute.

func (*Client) ModifyDBSubnetGroup

func (c *Client) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error)

Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region.

func (*Client) ModifyEventSubscription

func (c *Client) ModifyEventSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. You can't modify the source identifiers using this call. To change source identifiers for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription calls. You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories action.

func (*Client) ModifyGlobalCluster

func (c *Client) ModifyGlobalCluster(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyGlobalClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyGlobalClusterOutput, error)

Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora global cluster. You can change one or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) ModifyOptionGroup

func (c *Client) ModifyOptionGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyOptionGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error)

Modifies an existing option group.

func (*Client) PromoteReadReplica

func (c *Client) PromoteReadReplica(ctx context.Context, params *PromoteReadReplicaInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error)

Promotes a read replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance.

  • Backup

duration is a function of the amount of changes to the database since the previous backup. If you plan to promote a read replica to a standalone instance, we recommend that you enable backups and complete at least one backup prior to promotion. In addition, a read replica cannot be promoted to a standalone instance when it is in the backing-up status. If you have enabled backups on your read replica, configure the automated backup window so that daily backups do not interfere with read replica promotion.

  • This command doesn't apply

to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.

</note>

func (*Client) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster

func (c *Client) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(ctx context.Context, params *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error)

Promotes a read replica DB cluster to a standalone DB cluster. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering

func (c *Client) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(ctx context.Context, params *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error)

Purchases a reserved DB instance offering.

func (*Client) RebootDBInstance

func (c *Client) RebootDBInstance(ctx context.Context, params *RebootDBInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error)

You might need to reboot your DB instance, usually for maintenance reasons. For example, if you make certain modifications, or if you change the DB parameter group associated with the DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the changes to take effect. <p>Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary outage, during which the DB instance status is set to rebooting. </p> <p>For more information about rebooting, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_RebootInstance.html">Rebooting a DB Instance</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p>

func (*Client) RegisterDBProxyTargets

func (c *Client) RegisterDBProxyTargets(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput, error)

Associate one or more DBProxyTarget data structures with a DBProxyTargetGroup.

func (*Client) RemoveFromGlobalCluster

func (c *Client) RemoveFromGlobalCluster(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput, error)

Detaches an Aurora secondary cluster from an Aurora global database cluster. The cluster becomes a standalone cluster with read-write capability instead of being read-only and receiving data from a primary cluster in a different region. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) RemoveRoleFromDBCluster

func (c *Client) RemoveRoleFromDBCluster(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error)

Disassociates an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora MySQL to Access Other AWS Services on Your Behalf (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Integrating.Authorizing.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) RemoveRoleFromDBInstance

func (c *Client) RemoveRoleFromDBInstance(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput, error)

Disassociates an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from a DB instance.

func (*Client) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription

func (c *Client) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error)

Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription.

func (*Client) RemoveTagsFromResource

func (c *Client) RemoveTagsFromResource(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error)

Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource. For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

func (*Client) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup

func (c *Client) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static parameter to apply to. <p>For more information on Amazon Aurora, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html"> What Is Amazon Aurora?</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p> <note> <p>This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.</p> </note>

func (*Client) ResetDBParameterGroup

func (c *Client) ResetDBParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ResetDBParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetDBParameterGroupOutput, error)

Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default value. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request.

func (*Client) RestoreDBClusterFromS3

func (c *Client) RestoreDBClusterFromS3(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error)

Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from data stored in an Amazon S3 bucket. Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and the data must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described in Migrating Data to an Amazon Aurora MySQL DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Migrating.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 action has completed and the DB cluster is available. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot

func (c *Client) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. The target DB cluster is created from the source snapshot with a default configuration. If you don't specify a security group, the new DB cluster is associated with the default security group. This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot action has completed and the DB cluster is available. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime

func (c *Client) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error)

Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default DB security group. This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime action has completed and the DB cluster is available. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

func (*Client) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot

func (c *Client) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment and not a single-AZ deployment. If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. RDS doesn't allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is that you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from the snapshot. If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora, use RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.

func (*Client) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3

func (c *Client) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output, error)

Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) supports importing MySQL databases by using backup files. You can create a backup of your on-premises database, store it on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and then restore the backup file onto a new Amazon RDS DB instance running MySQL. For more information, see Importing Data into an Amazon RDS MySQL DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/MySQL.Procedural.Importing.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

func (*Client) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime

func (c *Client) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error)

Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by the BackupRetentionPeriod property. The target database is created with most of the original configuration, but in a system-selected Availability Zone, with the default security group, the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment and not a single-AZ deployment. This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora, use RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.

func (*Client) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress

func (c *Client) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(ctx context.Context, params *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId).

func (*Client) StartActivityStream

func (c *Client) StartActivityStream(ctx context.Context, params *StartActivityStreamInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartActivityStreamOutput, error)

Starts a database activity stream to monitor activity on the database. For more information, see Database Activity Streams (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/DBActivityStreams.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

func (*Client) StartDBCluster

func (c *Client) StartDBCluster(ctx context.Context, params *StartDBClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartDBClusterOutput, error)

Starts an Amazon Aurora DB cluster that was stopped using the AWS console, the stop-db-cluster AWS CLI command, or the StopDBCluster action. <p>For more information, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-cluster-stop-start.html"> Stopping and Starting an Aurora Cluster</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p> <note> <p>This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.</p> </note>

func (*Client) StartDBInstance

func (c *Client) StartDBInstance(ctx context.Context, params *StartDBInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartDBInstanceOutput, error)

Starts an Amazon RDS DB instance that was stopped using the AWS console, the stop-db-instance AWS CLI command, or the StopDBInstance action. <p>For more information, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_StartInstance.html"> Starting an Amazon RDS DB instance That Was Previously Stopped</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p> <note> <p> This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora DB clusters, use <code>StartDBCluster</code> instead. </p> </note>

func (*Client) StartExportTask

func (c *Client) StartExportTask(ctx context.Context, params *StartExportTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartExportTaskOutput, error)

Starts an export of a snapshot to Amazon S3. The provided IAM role must have access to the S3 bucket.

func (*Client) StopActivityStream

func (c *Client) StopActivityStream(ctx context.Context, params *StopActivityStreamInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StopActivityStreamOutput, error)

Stops a database activity stream that was started using the AWS console, the start-activity-stream AWS CLI command, or the StartActivityStream action. For more information, see Database Activity Streams (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/DBActivityStreams.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

func (*Client) StopDBCluster

func (c *Client) StopDBCluster(ctx context.Context, params *StopDBClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StopDBClusterOutput, error)

Stops an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. When you stop a DB cluster, Aurora retains the DB cluster's metadata, including its endpoints and DB parameter groups. Aurora also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore if necessary. <p>For more information, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-cluster-stop-start.html"> Stopping and Starting an Aurora Cluster</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p> <note> <p>This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.</p> </note>

func (*Client) StopDBInstance

func (c *Client) StopDBInstance(ctx context.Context, params *StopDBInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StopDBInstanceOutput, error)

Stops an Amazon RDS DB instance. When you stop a DB instance, Amazon RDS retains the DB instance's metadata, including its endpoint, DB parameter group, and option group membership. Amazon RDS also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore if necessary. <p>For more information, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_StopInstance.html"> Stopping an Amazon RDS DB Instance Temporarily</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p> <note> <p> This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora clusters, use <code>StopDBCluster</code> instead. </p> </note>

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
	// A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
	TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string
	// The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group. Constraints:
	//
	//     *
	// Can't be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//     * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters,
	// numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end
	// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example:
	// my-cluster-param-group1
	TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string
	// The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter
	// group. For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing an ARN for
	// Amazon RDS
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must specify a valid DB
	// cluster parameter group.
	//
	//     * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in
	// the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier,
	// for example my-db-cluster-param-group, or a valid ARN.
	//
	//     * If the source DB
	// parameter group is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify a valid DB
	// cluster parameter group ARN, for example
	// arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1.
	SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
}

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. This data type
	// is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups action.
	DBClusterParameterGroup *types.DBClusterParameterGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
	// The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB
	// cluster snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must
	// contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must
	// be a letter.
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive
	// hyphens.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster-snapshot2
	TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string
	// The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the
	// CopyDBClusterSnapshot API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB
	// cluster snapshot to copy. The PreSignedUrl parameter must be used when copying
	// an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. Don't specify
	// PreSignedUrl when you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot in the same
	// AWS Region. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the
	// CopyDBClusterSnapshot API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region
	// that contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL
	// request must contain the following parameter values:  <ul> <li> <p>
	// <code>KmsKeyId</code> - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt
	// the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the
	// same identifier for both the <code>CopyDBClusterSnapshot</code> action that is
	// called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed
	// URL.</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>DestinationRegion</code> - The name of the AWS
	// Region that the DB cluster snapshot is to be created in.</p> </li> <li> <p>
	// <code>SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier</code> - The DB cluster snapshot
	// identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier
	// must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For
	// example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the us-west-2
	// AWS Region, then your <code>SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier</code> looks like
	// the following example:
	// <code>arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115</code>.</p>
	// </li> </ul> <p>To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request,
	// see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html">
	// Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4)</a>
	// and <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html">
	// Signature Version 4 Signing Process</a>.</p> <note> <p>If you are using an AWS
	// SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify <code>SourceRegion</code> (or
	// <code>--source-region</code> for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying
	// <code>PreSignedUrl</code> manually. Specifying <code>SourceRegion</code>
	// autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request for the operation that
	// can be executed in the source AWS Region.</p> </note>
	PreSignedUrl *string
	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive. You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one
	// AWS Region to another. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must specify a valid system snapshot
	// in the "available" state.
	//
	//     * If the source snapshot is in the same AWS
	// Region as the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier.
	//
	//     * If the source
	// snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify a valid DB cluster
	// snapshot ARN. For more information, go to  Copying Snapshots Across AWS Regions
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopySnapshot.AcrossRegions)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster-snapshot1
	SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the source DB cluster
	// snapshot to the target DB cluster snapshot. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTags *bool
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key ID is the
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS
	// encryption key.  <p>If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS
	// account, you can specify a value for <code>KmsKeyId</code> to encrypt the copy
	// with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for
	// <code>KmsKeyId</code>, then the copy of the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted
	// with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. </p> <p>If you copy an
	// encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you
	// must specify a value for <code>KmsKeyId</code>. </p> <p>To copy an encrypted DB
	// cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must set <code>KmsKeyId</code> to
	// the KMS key ID you want to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in
	// the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region
	// that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region
	// in another AWS Region.</p> <p>If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and
	// specify a value for the <code>KmsKeyId</code> parameter, an error is
	// returned.</p>
	KmsKeyId *string
}

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot This data type is
	// used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *types.DBClusterSnapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CopyDBParameterGroupInput

type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct {
	// The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information about
	// creating an ARN, see  Constructing an ARN for Amazon RDS
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must specify a valid DB
	// parameter group.
	//
	//     * Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for
	// example my-db-param-group, or a valid ARN.
	SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The identifier for the copied DB parameter group. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Can't be
	// null, empty, or blank
	//
	//     * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or
	// hyphens
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen
	// or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-db-parameter-group
	TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string
	// A description for the copied DB parameter group.
	TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string
}

type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput

type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. This data type is used
	// as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.
	DBParameterGroup *types.DBParameterGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CopyDBSnapshotInput

type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct {
	// The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS
	// encryption key.  <p>If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account,
	// you can specify a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new KMS
	// encryption key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy
	// of the DB snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot.
	// </p> <p>If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS
	// account, then you must specify a value for this parameter. </p> <p>If you
	// specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the copy is
	// encrypted. </p> <p>If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region,
	// then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption
	// keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use
	// encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. </p>
	KmsKeyId *string
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to
	// the target DB snapshot. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTags *bool
	// The identifier for the source DB snapshot.  <p>If the source snapshot is in the
	// same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. For
	// example, you might specify <code>rds:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805</code>.
	// </p> <p>If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy,
	// specify a valid DB snapshot ARN. For example, you might specify
	// <code>arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805</code>.
	// </p> <p>If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this parameter must
	// be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB snapshot. </p> <p>If you are
	// copying an encrypted snapshot this parameter must be in the ARN format for the
	// source AWS Region, and must match the <code>SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier</code> in
	// the <code>PreSignedUrl</code> parameter. </p> <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li>
	// <p>Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state.</p> </li>
	// </ul> <p>Example: <code>rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01</code> </p> <p>Example:
	// <code>arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805</code>
	// </p>
	SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string
	// The identifier for the copy of the snapshot.  <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li>
	// <p>Can't be null, empty, or blank</p> </li> <li> <p>Must contain from 1 to 255
	// letters, numbers, or hyphens</p> </li> <li> <p>First character must be a
	// letter</p> </li> <li> <p>Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive
	// hyphens</p> </li> </ul> <p>Example: <code>my-db-snapshot</code> </p>
	TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string
	// The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the
	// CopyDBSnapshot API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB
	// snapshot to copy.  <p>You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted
	// DB snapshot from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. Don't specify
	// <code>PreSignedUrl</code> when you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot in the
	// same AWS Region.</p> <p>The presigned URL must be a valid request for the
	// <code>CopyDBSnapshot</code> API action that can be executed in the source AWS
	// Region that contains the encrypted DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL
	// request must contain the following parameter values: </p> <ul> <li> <p>
	// <code>DestinationRegion</code> - The AWS Region that the encrypted DB snapshot
	// is copied to. This AWS Region is the same one where the
	// <code>CopyDBSnapshot</code> action is called that contains this presigned URL.
	// </p> <p>For example, if you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS
	// Region to the us-east-1 AWS Region, then you call the
	// <code>CopyDBSnapshot</code> action in the us-east-1 AWS Region and provide a
	// presigned URL that contains a call to the <code>CopyDBSnapshot</code> action in
	// the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this example, the <code>DestinationRegion</code>
	// in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 AWS Region. </p> </li> <li>
	// <p> <code>KmsKeyId</code> - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to
	// encrypt the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the
	// same identifier for both the <code>CopyDBSnapshot</code> action that is called
	// in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL.
	// </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier</code> - The DB snapshot
	// identifier for the encrypted snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in
	// the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if
	// you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then
	// your <code>SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier</code> looks like the following example:
	// <code>arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20161115</code>.
	// </p> </li> </ul> <p>To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed
	// request, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html">Authenticating
	// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4)</a> and <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html">Signature
	// Version 4 Signing Process</a>. </p> <note> <p>If you are using an AWS SDK tool
	// or the AWS CLI, you can specify <code>SourceRegion</code> (or
	// <code>--source-region</code> for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying
	// <code>PreSignedUrl</code> manually. Specifying <code>SourceRegion</code>
	// autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request for the operation that
	// can be executed in the source AWS Region.</p> </note>
	PreSignedUrl *string
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot.
	// <p>Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one AWS Region to
	// another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If your source DB
	// instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server,
	// you must specify this option when copying across AWS Regions. For more
	// information, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopySnapshot.Options">Option
	// Group Considerations</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p>
	OptionGroupName *string
}

type CopyDBSnapshotOutput

type CopyDBSnapshotOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
	DBSnapshot *types.DBSnapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CopyOptionGroupInput

type CopyOptionGroupInput struct {
	// The identifier for the copied option group. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Can't be null,
	// empty, or blank
	//
	//     * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//
	// * First character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two
	// consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-option-group
	TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string
	// The description for the copied option group.
	TargetOptionGroupDescription *string
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The identifier or ARN for the source option group. For information about
	// creating an ARN, see  Constructing an ARN for Amazon RDS
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must specify a valid option
	// group.
	//
	//     * If the source option group is in the same AWS Region as the copy,
	// specify a valid option group identifier, for example my-option-group, or a valid
	// ARN.
	//
	//     * If the source option group is in a different AWS Region than the
	// copy, specify a valid option group ARN, for example
	// arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options.
	SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string
}

type CopyOptionGroupOutput

type CopyOptionGroupOutput struct {
	//
	OptionGroup *types.OptionGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput struct {
	// The ID of an existing virtual private network (VPN) between the Amazon RDS
	// website and the VMware vSphere cluster.
	ExistingVpnId *string
	// The IP address of network traffic from your on-premises data center. A custom AZ
	// receives the network traffic. Specify this parameter only if ExistingVpnId isn't
	// specified.
	VpnTunnelOriginatorIP *string
	// The name of the custom Availability Zone (AZ).
	CustomAvailabilityZoneName *string
	// The name of a new VPN tunnel between the Amazon RDS website and the VMware
	// vSphere cluster. Specify this parameter only if ExistingVpnId isn't specified.
	NewVpnTunnelName *string
}

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput struct {
	// A custom Availability Zone (AZ) is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a
	// VMware vSphere cluster. For more information about RDS on VMware, see the  RDS
	// on VMware User Guide.
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html)
	CustomAvailabilityZone *types.CustomAvailabilityZone

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateDBClusterEndpointInput

type CreateDBClusterEndpointInput struct {
	// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The identifier to use for the new endpoint. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string
	// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
	StaticMembers []*string
	// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
	// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
	// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
	ExcludedMembers []*string
	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. This
	// parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
	EndpointType *string
}

type CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput

type CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput struct {
	// The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string
	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. This
	// parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM.
	EndpointType *string
	// The DNS address of the endpoint.
	Endpoint *string
	// A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same for
	// the whole life of the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string
	// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
	// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
	// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
	ExcludedMembers []*string
	// The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting,
	// modifying.
	Status *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointArn *string
	// The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
	CustomEndpointType *string
	// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
	StaticMembers []*string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

  • CreateDBClusterEndpoint

  • DescribeDBClusterEndpoints

    *

ModifyDBClusterEndpoint

  • DeleteDBClusterEndpoint

For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, see Endpoint.

type CreateDBClusterInput

type CreateDBClusterInput struct {
	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
	// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. Constraints: Must match the
	// name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be default. Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots
	// of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool
	// The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch Logs.
	// The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information,
	// see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. If
	// you do not specify a value, then the default DB cluster parameter group for the
	// specified DB engine and version is used. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must
	// match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string
	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Default: 1
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int32
	// The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. Valid Values:
	// aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora), aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible
	// Aurora), and aurora-postgresql
	Engine *string
	// The name of the master user for the DB cluster. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to
	// 16 letters or numbers.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//     * Can't be
	// a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	MasterUsername *string
	// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value
	// to 0. Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters.
	// Default: 0 Constraints:
	//
	//     * If specified, this value must be set to a number
	// from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours).
	BacktrackWindow *int64
	// The global cluster ID of an Aurora cluster that becomes the primary cluster in
	// the new global database cluster.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster can be
	// created. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Choosing the
	// Regions and Availability Zones
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	AvailabilityZones []*string
	// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier
	// is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are
	// creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key
	// used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead
	// of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. If an encryption key isn't specified in
	// KmsKeyId:
	//
	//     * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source,
	// then Amazon RDS will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source.
	// Otherwise, Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key.
	//
	//     * If the
	// StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled and ReplicationSourceIdentifier isn't
	// specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key.
	//
	// AWS KMS
	// creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a
	// different default encryption key for each AWS Region. If you create a read
	// replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, you must set KmsKeyId
	// to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS Region. This key is used to
	// encrypt the read replica in that AWS Region.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// The name for your database of up to 64 alphanumeric characters. If you do not
	// provide a name, Amazon RDS doesn't create a database in the DB cluster you are
	// creating.
	DatabaseName *string
	// A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBCluster
	// action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster is replicated
	// from. You only need to specify PreSignedUrl when you are performing cross-region
	// replication from an encrypted DB cluster.  <p>The pre-signed URL must be a valid
	// request for the <code>CreateDBCluster</code> API action that can be executed in
	// the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster to be copied.</p>
	// <p>The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values:</p>
	// <ul> <li> <p> <code>KmsKeyId</code> - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to
	// use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster in the destination AWS Region. This
	// should refer to the same KMS key for both the <code>CreateDBCluster</code>
	// action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in
	// the pre-signed URL.</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>DestinationRegion</code> - The name
	// of the AWS Region that Aurora read replica will be created in.</p> </li> <li>
	// <p> <code>ReplicationSourceIdentifier</code> - The DB cluster identifier for the
	// encrypted DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are
	// copying an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your
	// <code>ReplicationSourceIdentifier</code> would look like Example:
	// <code>arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1</code>.</p>
	// </li> </ul> <p>To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request,
	// see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html">
	// Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4)</a>
	// and <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html">
	// Signature Version 4 Signing Process</a>.</p> <note> <p>If you are using an AWS
	// SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify <code>SourceRegion</code> (or
	// <code>--source-region</code> for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying
	// <code>PreSignedUrl</code> manually. Specifying <code>SourceRegion</code>
	// autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request for the operation that
	// can be executed in the source AWS Region.</p> </note>
	PreSignedUrl *string
	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. The default is a
	// 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS
	// Region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred DB
	// Cluster Maintenance Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be in the format
	// hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//     * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//     * Must
	// not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//     * Must be at least 30
	// minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string
	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi The default is a
	// 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS
	// Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available,
	// see  Adjusting the Preferred DB Cluster Maintenance Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable write operations to be forwarded from
	// this cluster to the primary cluster in an Aurora global database. The resulting
	// changes are replicated back to this cluster. This parameter only applies to DB
	// clusters that are secondary clusters in an Aurora global database. By default,
	// Aurora disallows write operations for secondary clusters.
	EnableGlobalWriteForwarding *bool
	// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
	// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Constraints: Must contain
	// from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string
	// Tags to assign to the DB cluster.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if this
	// DB cluster is created as a read replica.
	ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string
	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// <p>For more information, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html">
	// IAM Database Authentication</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p>
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool
	// The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB cluster in. For Amazon Aurora
	// DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication to authenticate users
	// that connect to the DB cluster. For more information, see Kerberos
	// Authentication
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	Domain *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool
	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified CharacterSet.
	CharacterSetName *string
	// The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned, serverless,
	// parallelquery, global, or multimaster. global engine mode only applies for
	// global database clusters created with Aurora MySQL version 5.6.10a. For higher
	// Aurora MySQL versions, the clusters in a global database use provisioned engine
	// mode. Limitations and requirements apply to some DB engine modes. For more
	// information, see the following sections in the Amazon Aurora User Guide:
	//
	//     *
	// Limitations of Aurora Serverless
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html#aurora-serverless.limitations)
	//
	//
	// * Limitations of Parallel Query
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-mysql-parallel-query.html#aurora-mysql-parallel-query-limitations)
	//
	//
	// * Requirements for Aurora Global Databases
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-global-database.html#aurora-global-database.limitations)
	//
	//
	// * Limitations of Multi-Master Clusters
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-multi-master.html#aurora-multi-master-limitations)
	EngineMode *string
	// The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections.
	// Default: 3306 if engine is set as aurora or 5432 if set to aurora-postgresql.
	Port *int32
	// A value that indicates whether to enable the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora
	// Serverless DB cluster. By default, the HTTP endpoint is disabled. When enabled,
	// the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API for running SQL
	// queries on the Aurora Serverless DB cluster. You can also query your database
	// from inside the RDS console with the query editor. For more information, see
	// Using the Data API for Aurora Serverless
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html) in
	// the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableHttpEndpoint *bool
	// For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the DB
	// cluster.
	ScalingConfiguration *types.ScalingConfiguration
	// The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//
	// * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain
	// two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified option group. Permanent options can't be removed from an option group.
	// The option group can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a
	// DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string
	// The version number of the database engine to use. To list all of the available
	// engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora), use the following
	// command: aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" To list all of the available engine versions
	// for aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command:
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" To list all of the available engine versions
	// for aurora-postgresql, use the following command: aws rds
	// describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" Aurora MySQL Example: 5.6.10a,
	// 5.6.mysql_aurora.1.19.2, 5.7.12, 5.7.mysql_aurora.2.04.5 Aurora PostgreSQL
	// Example: 9.6.3, 10.7
	EngineVersion *string
}

type CreateDBClusterOutput

type CreateDBClusterOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, and StartDBCluster
	// actions.
	DBCluster *types.DBCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
	// Tags to assign to the DB cluster parameter group.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The description for the DB cluster parameter group.
	Description *string
	// The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group can be
	// associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, and can be
	// applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine version
	// compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. Aurora MySQL Example:
	// aurora5.6, aurora-mysql5.7 Aurora PostgreSQL Example: aurora-postgresql9.6
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the
	// name of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// This value is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string
}

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. This data type
	// is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups action.
	DBClusterParameterGroup *types.DBClusterParameterGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters,
	// numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//     * Can't end
	// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example:
	// my-cluster1-snapshot1
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string
	// The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an existing
	// DBCluster.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot.
	Tags []*types.Tag
}

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot This data type is
	// used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *types.DBClusterSnapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateDBInstanceInput

type CreateDBInstanceInput struct {
	// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. If there is no DB subnet
	// group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. Default: The
	// default DB security group for the database engine.
	DBSecurityGroups []*string
	// A value that indicates whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the DB instance during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine
	// upgrades are applied automatically.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool
	// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large.
	// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all
	// database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for
	// your engine, see DB Instance Class
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	DBInstanceClass *string
	// A list of Amazon EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	// <p> <b>Amazon Aurora</b> </p> <p>Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC
	// security groups is managed by the DB cluster.</p> <p>Default: The default EC2
	// VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.</p>
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
	// The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch Logs.
	// The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information,
	// see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string
	// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.  <p>Not every
	// database engine is available for every AWS Region. </p> <p>Valid Values: </p>
	// <ul> <li> <p> <code>aurora</code> (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora)</p> </li>
	// <li> <p> <code>aurora-mysql</code> (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora)</p> </li>
	// <li> <p> <code>aurora-postgresql</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>mariadb</code>
	// </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>mysql</code> </p> </li> <li> <p>
	// <code>oracle-ee</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>oracle-se2</code> </p> </li>
	// <li> <p> <code>oracle-se1</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>oracle-se</code> </p>
	// </li> <li> <p> <code>postgres</code> </p> </li> <li> <p>
	// <code>sqlserver-ee</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>sqlserver-se</code> </p>
	// </li> <li> <p> <code>sqlserver-ex</code> </p> </li> <li> <p>
	// <code>sqlserver-web</code> </p> </li> </ul>
	Engine *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see  Deleting a DB
	// Instance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	// Amazon Aurora Not applicable. You can enable or disable deletion protection for
	// the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. DB instances in a DB
	// cluster can be deleted even when deletion protection is enabled for the DB
	// cluster.
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you use.
	// MySQL The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If
	// this parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.
	//
	//     * Can't be a
	// word reserved by the specified database engine
	//
	// MariaDB The name of the database
	// to create when the DB instance is created. If this parameter isn't specified, no
	// database is created in the DB instance. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain 1 to 64
	// letters or numbers.
	//
	//     * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database
	// engine
	//
	// PostgreSQL The name of the database to create when the DB instance is
	// created. If this parameter isn't specified, the default "postgres" database is
	// created in the DB instance. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain 1 to 63 letters,
	// numbers, or underscores.
	//
	//     * Must begin with a letter or an underscore.
	// Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9).
	//
	//     * Can't
	// be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	//
	// Oracle The Oracle System ID
	// (SID) of the created DB instance. If you specify null, the default value ORCL is
	// used. You can't specify the string NULL, or any other reserved word, for DBName.
	// Default: ORCL Constraints:
	//
	//     * Can't be longer than 8 characters
	//
	// SQL Server
	// Not applicable. Must be null. Amazon Aurora The name of the database to create
	// when the primary instance of the DB cluster is created. If this parameter isn't
	// specified, no database is created in the DB instance. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must
	// contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.
	//
	//     * Can't be a word reserved by the
	// specified database engine
	DBName *string
	// The upper limit to which Amazon RDS can automatically scale the storage of the
	// DB instance.
	MaxAllocatedStorage *int32
	// A value that indicates whether to copy tags from the DB instance to snapshots of
	// the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied. Amazon Aurora Not applicable.
	// Copying tags to snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting this value for
	// an Aurora DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool
	// The name for the master user.  <p> <b>Amazon Aurora</b> </p> <p>Not applicable.
	// The name for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. </p> <p>
	// <b>MariaDB</b> </p> <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Required for MariaDB.</p>
	// </li> <li> <p>Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.</p> </li> <li> <p>Can't be a
	// reserved word for the chosen database engine.</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>Microsoft
	// SQL Server</b> </p> <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Required for SQL
	// Server.</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be 1 to 128 letters or numbers.</p> </li> <li>
	// <p>The first character must be a letter.</p> </li> <li> <p>Can't be a reserved
	// word for the chosen database engine.</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>MySQL</b> </p>
	// <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Required for MySQL.</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be 1
	// to 16 letters or numbers.</p> </li> <li> <p>First character must be a
	// letter.</p> </li> <li> <p>Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database
	// engine.</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>Oracle</b> </p> <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li>
	// <p>Required for Oracle.</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be 1 to 30 letters or
	// numbers.</p> </li> <li> <p>First character must be a letter.</p> </li> <li>
	// <p>Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.</p> </li> </ul> <p>
	// <b>PostgreSQL</b> </p> <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Required for
	// PostgreSQL.</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be 1 to 63 letters or numbers.</p> </li> <li>
	// <p>First character must be a letter.</p> </li> <li> <p>Can't be a reserved word
	// for the chosen database engine.</p> </li> </ul>
	MasterUsername *string
	// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the database will be created. For information
	// on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS Region.
	// Example: us-east-1d Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be
	// specified if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. The specified
	// Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as the current endpoint. If
	// you're creating a DB instance in an RDS on VMware environment, specify the
	// identifier of the custom Availability Zone to create the DB instance in. For
	// more information about RDS on VMware, see the  RDS on VMware User Guide.
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html)
	AvailabilityZone *string
	// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. The KMS key identifier
	// is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are
	// creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption
	// key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias
	// instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. Amazon Aurora Not applicable. The
	// KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see
	// CreateDBCluster.  <p>If <code>StorageEncrypted</code> is enabled, and you do not
	// specify a value for the <code>KmsKeyId</code> parameter, then Amazon RDS will
	// use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for
	// your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for
	// each AWS Region.</p>
	KmsKeyId *string
	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. For more
	// information, see The Backup Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.  <p> <b>Amazon Aurora</b> </p> <p>Not applicable.
	// The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB
	// cluster.</p> <p> The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an
	// 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see
	// <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow">
	// Adjusting the Preferred DB Instance Maintenance Window</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS
	// User Guide</i>. </p> <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Must be in the format
	// <code>hh24:mi-hh24:mi</code>.</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be in Universal Coordinated
	// Time (UTC).</p> </li> <li> <p>Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance
	// window.</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be at least 30 minutes.</p> </li> </ul>
	PreferredBackupWindow *string
	// The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported
	// only by Microsoft SQL Server
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone).
	Timezone *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB
	// instance. For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
	// in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide.
	EnablePerformanceInsights *bool
	// The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance).
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi The default is a 30-minute window selected at
	// random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random
	// day of the week. Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. Constraints:
	// Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string
	// License model information for this DB instance. Valid values: license-included |
	// bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string
	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops
	// values, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Constraints: For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and
	// PostgreSQL DB instances, must be a multiple between .5 and 50 of the storage
	// amount for the DB instance. For SQL Server DB instances, must be a multiple
	// between 1 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB instance.
	Iops *int32
	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are
	// collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then
	// you must also set MonitoringInterval to a value other than 0. Valid Values: 0,
	// 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int32
	// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string
	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If you do
	// not specify a value, then the default DB parameter group for the specified DB
	// engine and version is used. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255 letters,
	// numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end
	// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string
	// The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB instance in. Currently, only
	// Microsoft SQL Server and Oracle DB instances can be created in an Active
	// Directory Domain. For Microsoft SQL Server DB instances, Amazon RDS can use
	// Windows Authentication to authenticate users that connect to the DB instance.
	// For more information, see  Using Windows Authentication with an Amazon RDS DB
	// Instance Running Microsoft SQL Server
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_SQLServerWinAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. For Oracle DB instances, Amazon RDS can use
	// Kerberos Authentication to authenticate users that connect to the DB instance.
	// For more information, see  Using Kerberos Authentication with Amazon RDS for
	// Oracle
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-kerberos.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Domain *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines:
	// <p> <b>Amazon Aurora</b> </p> <p>Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to
	// database accounts is managed by the DB cluster.</p> <p> <b>MySQL</b> </p> <ul>
	// <li> <p>For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher</p> </li> <li> <p>For
	// MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher</p> </li> <li> <p>For MySQL 8.0, minor
	// version 8.0.16 or higher</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>PostgreSQL</b> </p> <ul> <li>
	// <p>For PostgreSQL 9.5, minor version 9.5.15 or higher</p> </li> <li> <p>For
	// PostgreSQL 9.6, minor version 9.6.11 or higher</p> </li> <li> <p>PostgreSQL
	// 10.6, 10.7, and 10.9</p> </li> </ul> <p>For more information, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html">
	// IAM Database Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS
	// User Guide.</i> </p>
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool
	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the
	// primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more
	// information, see  Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. Default: 1 Valid Values: 0 - 15
	PromotionTier *int32
	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []*types.ProcessorFeature
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You
	// can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ
	// deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool
	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to
	// Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. For
	// information on creating a monitoring role, go to Setting Up and Enabling
	// Enhanced Monitoring
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than
	// 0, then you must supply a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string
	// Tags to assign to the DB instance.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When the
	// DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to the private IP
	// address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public IP address from
	// outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance is ultimately
	// controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access is not
	// permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't permit it.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. Default: The default
	// behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName is specified. If
	// DBSubnetGroupName isn't specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified, the
	// following applies:
	//
	//     * If the default VPC in the target region doesn’t have
	// an Internet gateway attached to it, the DB instance is private.
	//
	//     * If the
	// default VPC in the target region has an Internet gateway attached to it, the DB
	// instance is public.
	//
	// If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible
	// isn't specified, the following applies:
	//
	//     * If the subnets are part of a VPC
	// that doesn’t have an Internet gateway attached to it, the DB instance is
	// private.
	//
	//     * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an Internet gateway
	// attached to it, the DB instance is public.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool
	// The password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII
	// character except "/", """, or "@".  <p> <b>Amazon Aurora</b> </p> <p>Not
	// applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster.</p>
	// <p> <b>MariaDB</b> </p> <p>Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41
	// characters.</p> <p> <b>Microsoft SQL Server</b> </p> <p>Constraints: Must
	// contain from 8 to 128 characters.</p> <p> <b>MySQL</b> </p> <p>Constraints: Must
	// contain from 8 to 41 characters.</p> <p> <b>Oracle</b> </p> <p>Constraints: Must
	// contain from 8 to 30 characters.</p> <p> <b>PostgreSQL</b> </p> <p>Constraints:
	// Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.</p>
	MasterUserPassword *string
	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS
	// key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key
	// alias for the KMS encryption key. If you do not specify a value for
	// PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default encryption key.
	// AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS
	// account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
	PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string
	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string
	// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE
	// encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string
	// The port number on which the database accepts connections. MySQL Default: 3306
	// Valid values: 1150-65535 Type: Integer MariaDB Default: 3306 Valid values:
	// 1150-65535 Type: Integer PostgreSQL Default: 5432 Valid values: 1150-65535 Type:
	// Integer Oracle Default: 1521 Valid values: 1150-65535 SQL Server Default: 1433
	// Valid values: 1150-65535 except 1234, 1434, 3260, 3343, 3389, 47001, and
	// 49152-49156. Amazon Aurora Default: 3306 Valid values: 1150-65535 Type: Integer
	Port *int32
	// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
	// group. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security
	// TDE, can't be removed from an option group. Also, that option group can't be
	// removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string
	// The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated with
	// the specified CharacterSet.  <p> <b>Amazon Aurora</b> </p> <p>Not applicable.
	// The character set is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see
	// <code>CreateDBCluster</code>.</p>
	CharacterSetName *string
	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
	// parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0
	// disables automated backups. Amazon Aurora Not applicable. The retention period
	// for automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. Default: 1 Constraints:
	//
	//
	// * Must be a value from 0 to 35
	//
	//     * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a
	// source to read replicas
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int32
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is encrypted. By default, it
	// isn't encrypted.  <p> <b>Amazon Aurora</b> </p> <p>Not applicable. The
	// encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster.</p>
	StorageEncrypted *bool
	// The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values
	// are 7 or 731 (2 years).
	PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int32
	// The version number of the database engine to use. For a list of valid engine
	// versions, use the DescribeDBEngineVersions action. The following are the
	// database engines and links to information about the major and minor versions
	// that are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for
	// every AWS Region.  <p> <b>Amazon Aurora</b> </p> <p>Not applicable. The version
	// number of the database engine to be used by the DB instance is managed by the DB
	// cluster.</p> <p> <b>MariaDB</b> </p> <p>See <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MariaDB.html#MariaDB.Concepts.VersionMgmt">MariaDB
	// on Amazon RDS Versions</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p> <p>
	// <b>Microsoft SQL Server</b> </p> <p>See <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.FeatureSupport">Version
	// and Feature Support on Amazon RDS</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p>
	// <p> <b>MySQL</b> </p> <p>See <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt">MySQL
	// on Amazon RDS Versions</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p> <p>
	// <b>Oracle</b> </p> <p>See <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Appendix.Oracle.PatchComposition.html">Oracle
	// Database Engine Release Notes</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p> <p>
	// <b>PostgreSQL</b> </p> <p>See <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts.General.DBVersions">Supported
	// PostgreSQL Database Versions</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p>
	EngineVersion *string
	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values:
	// standard | gp2 | io1 If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the
	// Iops parameter. Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2
	StorageType *string
	// The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. Type:
	// Integer Amazon Aurora Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow
	// as the amount of data in your database increases, though you are only charged
	// for the space that you use in an Aurora cluster volume.  <p> <b>MySQL</b> </p>
	// <p>Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
	// </p> <ul> <li> <p>General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from
	// 20 to 65536.</p> </li> <li> <p>Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an
	// integer from 100 to 65536.</p> </li> <li> <p>Magnetic storage (standard): Must
	// be an integer from 5 to 3072.</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>MariaDB</b> </p>
	// <p>Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
	// </p> <ul> <li> <p>General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from
	// 20 to 65536.</p> </li> <li> <p>Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an
	// integer from 100 to 65536.</p> </li> <li> <p>Magnetic storage (standard): Must
	// be an integer from 5 to 3072.</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>PostgreSQL</b> </p>
	// <p>Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
	// </p> <ul> <li> <p>General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from
	// 20 to 65536.</p> </li> <li> <p>Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an
	// integer from 100 to 65536.</p> </li> <li> <p>Magnetic storage (standard): Must
	// be an integer from 5 to 3072.</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>Oracle</b> </p>
	// <p>Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
	// </p> <ul> <li> <p>General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from
	// 20 to 65536.</p> </li> <li> <p>Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an
	// integer from 100 to 65536.</p> </li> <li> <p>Magnetic storage (standard): Must
	// be an integer from 10 to 3072.</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>SQL Server</b> </p>
	// <p>Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
	// </p> <ul> <li> <p>General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2):</p> <ul> <li>
	// <p>Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384.</p>
	// </li> <li> <p>Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 16384.</p>
	// </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p>Provisioned IOPS storage (io1):</p> <ul> <li>
	// <p>Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384.</p>
	// </li> <li> <p>Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 100 to
	// 16384.</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <p>Magnetic storage (standard):</p> <ul> <li>
	// <p>Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024.</p>
	// </li> <li> <p>Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 1024.</p>
	// </li> </ul> </li> </ul>
	AllocatedStorage *int32
	// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//
	// * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain
	// two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example: mydbinstance
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
}

type CreateDBInstanceOutput

type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct {
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the read replica to
	// snapshots of the read replica. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool
	// The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the
	// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API action in the source AWS Region that contains
	// the source DB instance.  <p>You must specify this parameter when you create an
	// encrypted read replica from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API.
	// Don't specify <code>PreSignedUrl</code> when you are creating an encrypted read
	// replica in the same AWS Region.</p> <p>The presigned URL must be a valid request
	// for the <code>CreateDBInstanceReadReplica</code> API action that can be executed
	// in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted source DB instance. The
	// presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values: </p> <ul>
	// <li> <p> <code>DestinationRegion</code> - The AWS Region that the encrypted read
	// replica is created in. This AWS Region is the same one where the
	// <code>CreateDBInstanceReadReplica</code> action is called that contains this
	// presigned URL.</p> <p>For example, if you create an encrypted DB instance in the
	// us-west-1 AWS Region, from a source DB instance in the us-east-2 AWS Region,
	// then you call the <code>CreateDBInstanceReadReplica</code> action in the
	// us-east-1 AWS Region and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the
	// <code>CreateDBInstanceReadReplica</code> action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For
	// this example, the <code>DestinationRegion</code> in the presigned URL must be
	// set to the us-east-1 AWS Region. </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>KmsKeyId</code> - The
	// AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the read replica in the
	// destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the
	// <code>CreateDBInstanceReadReplica</code> action that is called in the
	// destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. </p>
	// </li> <li> <p> <code>SourceDBInstanceIdentifier</code> - The DB instance
	// identifier for the encrypted DB instance to be replicated. This identifier must
	// be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For
	// example, if you are creating an encrypted read replica from a DB instance in the
	// us-west-2 AWS Region, then your <code>SourceDBInstanceIdentifier</code> looks
	// like the following example:
	// <code>arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:instance:mysql-instance1-20161115</code>.
	// </p> </li> </ul> <p>To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed
	// request, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html">Authenticating
	// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4)</a> and <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html">Signature
	// Version 4 Signing Process</a>. </p> <note> <p>If you are using an AWS SDK tool
	// or the AWS CLI, you can specify <code>SourceRegion</code> (or
	// <code>--source-region</code> for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying
	// <code>PreSignedUrl</code> manually. Specifying <code>SourceRegion</code>
	// autogenerates a presigned URL that is a valid request for the operation that can
	// be executed in the source AWS Region.</p> <p> <code>SourceRegion</code> isn't
	// supported for SQL Server, because SQL Server on Amazon RDS doesn't support
	// cross-region read replicas.</p> </note>
	PreSignedUrl *string
	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the read replica. Default:
	// The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses its
	// default processor features.
	UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool
	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to
	// Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. For
	// information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role for
	// Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than
	// 0, then you must supply a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the read
	// replica. For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnablePerformanceInsights *bool
	// A value that indicates whether the read replica is in a Multi-AZ deployment.
	// <p>You can create a read replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance. RDS creates a
	// standby of your replica in another Availability Zone for failover support for
	// the replica. Creating your read replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance is independent
	// of whether the source database is a Multi-AZ DB instance. </p>
	MultiAZ *bool
	// Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance is created
	// in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet group is
	// specified, then the new DB instance isn't created in a VPC. Constraints:
	//
	//     *
	// Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies a DB
	// instance in another AWS Region.
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match the name of an
	// existing DBSubnetGroup.
	//
	//     * The specified DB subnet group must be in the same
	// AWS Region in which the operation is running.
	//
	//     * All read replicas in one
	// AWS Region that are created from the same source DB instance must either:>
	//
	//
	// * Specify DB subnet groups from the same VPC. All these read replicas are
	// created in the same VPC.
	//
	//         * Not specify a DB subnet group. All these
	// read replicas are created outside of any VPC.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// The compute and memory capacity of the read replica, for example, db.m4.large.
	// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all
	// database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for
	// your engine, see DB Instance Class
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: Inherits from the source DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string
	// A value that indicates whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the read replica during the maintenance window. Default: Inherits from the
	// source DB instance
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool
	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If you do
	// not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then Amazon RDS uses the
	// DBParameterGroup of source DB instance for a same region read replica, or the
	// default DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine for a cross region read
	// replica. Currently, specifying a parameter group for this operation is only
	// supported for Oracle DB instances. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255 letters,
	// numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end
	// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string
	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are
	// collected for the read replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then
	// you must also set MonitoringInterval to a value other than 0. Valid Values: 0,
	// 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int32
	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance.
	Iops *int32
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When the
	// DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to the private IP
	// address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public IP address from
	// outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance is ultimately
	// controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access is not
	// permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't permit it.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more information, see
	// CreateDBInstance ().
	PubliclyAccessible *bool
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The option group the DB instance is associated with. If omitted, the option
	// group associated with the source instance is used. For SQL Server, you must use
	// the option group associated with the source instance.
	OptionGroupName *string
	// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the read replica will be created. Default: A
	// random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS Region. Example:
	// us-east-1d
	AvailabilityZone *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see  Deleting a DB
	// Instance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted read replica. The KMS key ID is the Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS
	// encryption key.  <p>If you create an encrypted read replica in the same AWS
	// Region as the source DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for
	// this parameter. The read replica is encrypted with the same KMS key as the
	// source DB instance.</p> <p>If you create an encrypted read replica in a
	// different AWS Region, then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS
	// Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created
	// in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS
	// Region.</p> <p>You can't create an encrypted read replica from an unencrypted DB
	// instance.</p>
	KmsKeyId *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// For information about the supported DB engines, see CreateDBInstance ().  <p>For
	// more information about IAM database authentication, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html">
	// IAM Database Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS
	// User Guide.</i> </p>
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool
	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS
	// key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key
	// alias for the KMS encryption key. If you do not specify a value for
	// PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default encryption key.
	// AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS
	// account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
	PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string
	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string
	// The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB instance in. For Oracle DB
	// instances, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos authentication to authenticate users that
	// connect to the DB instance. For more information, see  Using Kerberos
	// Authentication with Amazon RDS for Oracle
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-kerberos.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide. For Microsoft SQL Server DB instances, Amazon RDS can
	// use Windows Authentication to authenticate users that connect to the DB
	// instance. For more information, see  Using Windows Authentication with an Amazon
	// RDS DB Instance Running Microsoft SQL Server
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_SQLServerWinAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Domain *string
	// The list of logs that the new DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs. The
	// values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information, see
	// Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string
	// The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values
	// are 7 or 731 (2 years).
	PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int32
	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []*types.ProcessorFeature
	// The port number that the DB instance uses for connections. Default: Inherits
	// from the source DB instance Valid Values: 1150-65535
	Port *int32
	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the read replica. Valid values:
	// standard | gp2 | io1 If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the
	// Iops parameter. Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2
	StorageType *string
	// The DB instance identifier of the read replica. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
	// string.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the read
	// replica. Each DB instance can have up to five read replicas. Constraints:
	//
	//     *
	// Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, Oracle, PostgreSQL, or SQL
	// Server DB instance.
	//
	//     * Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL read
	// replica only if the source is running MySQL 5.6 or later.
	//
	//     * For the
	// limitations of Oracle read replicas, see Read Replica Limitations with Oracle
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	//     * For the limitations of SQL Server read
	// replicas, see Read Replica Limitations with Microsoft SQL Server
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/SQLServer.ReadReplicas.Limitations.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	//     * Can specify a PostgreSQL DB instance only
	// if the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 or later (9.4.7 and higher for
	// cross-region replication).
	//
	//     * The specified DB instance must have automatic
	// backups enabled, that is, its backup retention period must be greater than 0.
	//
	//
	// * If the source DB instance is in the same AWS Region as the read replica,
	// specify a valid DB instance identifier.
	//
	//     * If the source DB instance is in a
	// different AWS Region from the read replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For
	// more information, see Constructing an ARN for Amazon RDS
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. This doesn't apply to SQL Server, which doesn't
	// support cross-region replicas.
	SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string
}

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateDBParameterGroupInput

type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct {
	// The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated with
	// one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only to a DB
	// instance running a database engine and engine version compatible with that DB
	// parameter group family. To list all of the available parameter group families,
	// use the following command: aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily" The output contains duplicates.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string
	// Tags to assign to the DB parameter group.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255
	// letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter
	//
	//     *
	// Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// This value is stored
	// as a lowercase string.
	DBParameterGroupName *string
	// The description for the DB parameter group.
	Description *string
}

type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput

type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. This data type is used
	// as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.
	DBParameterGroup *types.DBParameterGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateDBProxyInput

type CreateDBProxyInput struct {
	// The identifier for the proxy. This name must be unique for all proxies owned by
	// your AWS account in the specified AWS Region. An identifier must begin with a
	// letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end
	// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	DBProxyName *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that the proxy uses to access
	// secrets in AWS Secrets Manager.
	RoleArn *string
	// The number of seconds that a connection to the proxy can be inactive before the
	// proxy disconnects it. You can set this value higher or lower than the connection
	// timeout limit for the associated database.
	IdleClientTimeout *int32
	// One or more VPC subnet IDs to associate with the new proxy.
	VpcSubnetIds []*string
	// A Boolean parameter that specifies whether Transport Layer Security (TLS)
	// encryption is required for connections to the proxy. By enabling this setting,
	// you can enforce encrypted TLS connections to the proxy.
	RequireTLS *bool
	// An optional set of key-value pairs to associate arbitrary data of your choosing
	// with the proxy.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The kinds of databases that the proxy can connect to. This value determines
	// which database network protocol the proxy recognizes when it interprets network
	// traffic to and from the database. The engine family applies to MySQL and
	// PostgreSQL for both RDS and Aurora.
	EngineFamily types.EngineFamily
	// Whether the proxy includes detailed information about SQL statements in its
	// logs. This information helps you to debug issues involving SQL behavior or the
	// performance and scalability of the proxy connections. The debug information
	// includes the text of SQL statements that you submit through the proxy. Thus,
	// only enable this setting when needed for debugging, and only when you have
	// security measures in place to safeguard any sensitive information that appears
	// in the logs.
	DebugLogging *bool
	// The authorization mechanism that the proxy uses.
	Auth []*types.UserAuthConfig
	// One or more VPC security group IDs to associate with the new proxy.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
}

type CreateDBProxyOutput

type CreateDBProxyOutput struct {
	// The DBProxy structure corresponding to the new proxy.
	DBProxy *types.DBProxy

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput

type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct {
	// Tags to assign to the DB security group.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The description for the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupDescription *string
	// The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First
	// character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two
	// consecutive hyphens
	//
	//     * Must not be "Default"
	//
	// Example: mysecuritygroup
	DBSecurityGroupName *string
}

type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput

type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. This data type is used
	// as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.
	DBSecurityGroup *types.DBSecurityGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateDBSnapshotInput

type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct {
	// The identifier of the DB instance that you want to create the snapshot of.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The identifier for the DB snapshot. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Can't be null, empty, or
	// blank
	//
	//     * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//     *
	// First character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two
	// consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-id
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string
}

type CreateDBSnapshotOutput

type CreateDBSnapshotOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
	DBSnapshot *types.DBSnapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput

type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
	// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 letters, numbers, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// The description for the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupDescription *string
	// The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
	SubnetIds []*string
	// Tags to assign to the DB subnet group.
	Tags []*types.Tag
}

type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput

type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. This data type is used as
	// a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups action.
	DBSubnetGroup *types.DBSubnetGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {
	// A value that indicates whether to activate the subscription. If the event
	// notification subscription isn't activated, the subscription is created but not
	// active.
	Enabled *bool
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
	// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to it.
	SnsTopicArn *string
	// The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned. If
	// not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier must
	// begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens. It
	// can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Constraints:
	//
	//     *
	// If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
	//
	//     * If the
	// source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be supplied.
	//
	//
	// * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must be
	// supplied.
	//
	//     * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a
	// DBParameterGroupName must be supplied.
	//
	//     * If the source type is a DB
	// snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied.
	SourceIds []*string
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The name of the subscription. Constraints: The name must be less than 255
	// characters.
	SubscriptionName *string
	// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. You
	// can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) topic
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories action.
	EventCategories []*string
	// The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want to be
	// notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter to
	// db-instance. if this value isn't specified, all events are returned. Valid
	// values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group |
	// db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot
	SourceType *string
}

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the
	// DescribeEventSubscriptions action.
	EventSubscription *types.EventSubscription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateGlobalClusterInput

type CreateGlobalClusterInput struct {
	// The name for your database of up to 64 alpha-numeric characters. If you do not
	// provide a name, Amazon Aurora will not create a database in the global database
	// cluster you are creating.
	DatabaseName *string
	// The deletion protection setting for the new global database. The global database
	// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
	Engine *string
	// The storage encryption setting for the new global database cluster.
	StorageEncrypted *bool
	// The engine version of the Aurora global database.
	EngineVersion *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to use as the primary cluster of the global
	// database. This parameter is optional.
	SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The cluster identifier of the new global database cluster.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string
}

type CreateGlobalClusterOutput

type CreateGlobalClusterOutput struct {
	// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
	GlobalCluster *types.GlobalCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type CreateOptionGroupInput

type CreateOptionGroupInput struct {
	// Specifies the name of the option group to be created. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must
	// be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//     * First character must be a
	// letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive
	// hyphens
	//
	// Example: myoptiongroup
	OptionGroupName *string
	// Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated
	// with.
	EngineName *string
	// The description of the option group.
	OptionGroupDescription *string
	// Tags to assign to the option group.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be
	// associated with.
	MajorEngineVersion *string
}

type CreateOptionGroupOutput

type CreateOptionGroupOutput struct {
	//
	OptionGroup *types.OptionGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput struct {
	// The custom AZ identifier.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string
}

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput struct {
	// A custom Availability Zone (AZ) is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a
	// VMware vSphere cluster. For more information about RDS on VMware, see the  RDS
	// on VMware User Guide.
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html)
	CustomAvailabilityZone *types.CustomAvailabilityZone

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput struct {
	// The identifier associated with the custom endpoint. This parameter is stored as
	// a lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string
}

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput struct {
	// The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string
	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. This
	// parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM.
	EndpointType *string
	// The DNS address of the endpoint.
	Endpoint *string
	// A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same for
	// the whole life of the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string
	// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
	// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
	// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
	ExcludedMembers []*string
	// The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting,
	// modifying.
	Status *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointArn *string
	// The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
	CustomEndpointType *string
	// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
	StaticMembers []*string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

  • CreateDBClusterEndpoint

  • DescribeDBClusterEndpoints

    *

ModifyDBClusterEndpoint

  • DeleteDBClusterEndpoint

For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, see Endpoint.

type DeleteDBClusterInput

type DeleteDBClusterInput struct {
	// The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created when
	// SkipFinalSnapshot is disabled. Specifying this parameter and also skipping the
	// creation of a final DB cluster snapshot with the SkipFinalShapshot parameter
	// results in an error. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or
	// hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen
	// or contain two consecutive hyphens
	FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string
	// The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// A value that indicates whether to skip the creation of a final DB cluster
	// snapshot before the DB cluster is deleted. If skip is specified, no DB cluster
	// snapshot is created. If skip isn't specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created
	// before the DB cluster is deleted. By default, skip isn't specified, and the DB
	// cluster snapshot is created. By default, this parameter is disabled. You must
	// specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot is disabled.
	SkipFinalSnapshot *bool
}

type DeleteDBClusterOutput

type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, and StartDBCluster
	// actions.
	DBCluster *types.DBCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be the name
	// of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//     * You can't delete a default DB
	// cluster parameter group.
	//
	//     * Can't be associated with any DB clusters.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string
}

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete. Constraints: Must be the
	// name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available state.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string
}

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot This data type is
	// used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *types.DBClusterSnapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput struct {
	// The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which is
	// unique to an AWS Region.
	DbiResourceId *string
}

Parameter input for the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup operation.

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput struct {
	// An automated backup of a DB instance. It it consists of system backups,
	// transaction logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time
	// you deleted the source instance.
	DBInstanceAutomatedBackup *types.DBInstanceAutomatedBackup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteDBInstanceInput

type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct {
	// The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the name of an existing DB
	// instance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// A value that indicates whether to skip the creation of a final DB snapshot
	// before the DB instance is deleted. If skip is specified, no DB snapshot is
	// created. If skip isn't specified, a DB snapshot is created before the DB
	// instance is deleted. By default, skip isn't specified, and the DB snapshot is
	// created. When a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed',
	// 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted when
	// skip is specified. Specify skip when deleting a read replica. The
	// FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if skip isn't specified.
	SkipFinalSnapshot *bool
	// A value that indicates whether to remove automated backups immediately after the
	// DB instance is deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. The default is to
	// remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted.
	DeleteAutomatedBackups *bool
	// The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when the
	// SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is disabled. Specifying this parameter and also
	// specifying to skip final DB snapshot creation in SkipFinalShapshot results in an
	// error. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers.
	//
	//     * First
	// character must be a letter.
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two
	// consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//     * Can't be specified when deleting a read replica.
	FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string
}

type DeleteDBInstanceOutput

type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput

type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct {
	// The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be the name of an
	// existing DB parameter group
	//
	//     * You can't delete a default DB parameter
	// group
	//
	//     * Can't be associated with any DB instances
	DBParameterGroupName *string
}

type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput

type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteDBProxyInput

type DeleteDBProxyInput struct {
	// The name of the DB proxy to delete.
	DBProxyName *string
}

type DeleteDBProxyOutput

type DeleteDBProxyOutput struct {
	// The data structure representing the details of the DB proxy that you delete.
	DBProxy *types.DBProxy

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct {
	// The name of the DB security group to delete. You can't delete the default DB
	// security group. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or
	// hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen
	// or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//     * Must not be "Default"
	DBSecurityGroupName *string
}

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteDBSnapshotInput

type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct {
	// The DB snapshot identifier. Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB
	// snapshot in the available state.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string
}

type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput

type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
	DBSnapshot *types.DBSnapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
	// The name of the database subnet group to delete. You can't delete the default
	// subnet group. Constraints: Constraints: Must match the name of an existing
	// DBSubnetGroup. Must not be default. Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
}

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {
	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete.
	SubscriptionName *string
}

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the
	// DescribeEventSubscriptions action.
	EventSubscription *types.EventSubscription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteGlobalClusterInput

type DeleteGlobalClusterInput struct {
	// The cluster identifier of the global database cluster being deleted.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string
}

type DeleteGlobalClusterOutput

type DeleteGlobalClusterOutput struct {
	// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
	GlobalCluster *types.GlobalCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeleteInstallationMediaInput

type DeleteInstallationMediaInput struct {
	// The installation medium ID.
	InstallationMediaId *string
}

type DeleteInstallationMediaOutput

type DeleteInstallationMediaOutput struct {
	// The status of the installation medium.
	Status *string
	// The engine version of the DB engine.
	EngineVersion *string
	// The custom Availability Zone (AZ) that contains the installation media.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string
	// The path to the installation medium for the operating system associated with the
	// DB engine.
	OSInstallationMediaPath *string
	// The DB engine.
	Engine *string
	// If an installation media failure occurred, the cause of the failure.
	FailureCause *types.InstallationMediaFailureCause
	// The installation medium ID.
	InstallationMediaId *string
	// The path to the installation medium for the DB engine.
	EngineInstallationMediaPath *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server.

type DeleteOptionGroupInput

type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct {
	// The name of the option group to be deleted. You can't delete default option
	// groups.
	OptionGroupName *string
}

type DeleteOptionGroupOutput

type DeleteOptionGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput struct {
	// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup.
	TargetGroupName *string
	// One or more DB cluster identifiers.
	DBClusterIdentifiers []*string
	// The identifier of the DBProxy that is associated with the DBProxyTargetGroup.
	DBProxyName *string
	// One or more DB instance identifiers.
	DBInstanceIdentifiers []*string
}

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {
}

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {
	// A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name, a count
	// of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota.
	AccountQuotas []*types.AccountQuota

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Data returned by the DescribeAccountAttributes action.

type DescribeCertificatesInput

type DescribeCertificatesInput struct {
	// The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match an existing
	// CertificateIdentifier.
	CertificateIdentifier *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
}

type DescribeCertificatesOutput

type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct {
	// The list of Certificate objects for the AWS account.
	Certificates []*types.Certificate
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Data returned by the DescribeCertificates action.

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput struct {
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// A filter that specifies one or more custom AZs to describe.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The custom AZ identifier. If this parameter is specified, information from only
	// the specific custom AZ is returned.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string
}

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The list of CustomAvailabilityZone () objects for the AWS account.
	CustomAvailabilityZones []*types.CustomAvailabilityZone

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput struct {
	// A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. Supported filters
	// include the following:
	//
	//     * db-cluster-backtrack-id - Accepts backtrack
	// identifiers. The results list includes information about only the backtracks
	// identified by these identifiers.
	//
	//     * db-cluster-backtrack-status - Accepts
	// any of the following backtrack status values:
	//
	//         * applying
	//
	//         *
	// completed
	//
	//         * failed
	//
	//         * pending
	//
	//     The results list includes
	// information about only the backtracks identified by these values.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// If specified, this value is the backtrack identifier of the backtrack to be
	// described. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain a valid universally unique
	// identifier (UUID). For more information about UUIDs, see A Universally Unique
	// Identifier (UUID) URN Namespace (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4122.txt).
	//
	// Example:
	// 123e4567-e89b-12d3-a456-426655440000
	BacktrackIdentifier *string
	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be described. This parameter is
	// stored as a lowercase string. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain from 1 to 63
	// alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//
	// * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example:
	// my-cluster1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
}

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput struct {
	// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
	// request.
	Marker *string
	// Contains a list of backtracks for the user.
	DBClusterBacktracks []*types.DBClusterBacktrack

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks action.

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput struct {
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// The identifier of the endpoint to describe. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string
	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. This
	// parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// A set of name-value pairs that define which endpoints to include in the output.
	// The filters are specified as name-value pairs, in the format
	// Name=endpoint_type,Values=endpoint_type1,endpoint_type2,.... Name can be one of:
	// db-cluster-endpoint-type, db-cluster-endpoint-custom-type,
	// db-cluster-endpoint-id, db-cluster-endpoint-status. Values for the
	// db-cluster-endpoint-type filter can be one or more of: reader, writer, custom.
	// Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-custom-type filter can be one or more of:
	// reader, any. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-status filter can be one or more
	// of: available, creating, deleting, modifying.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
}

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// Contains the details of the endpoints associated with the cluster and matching
	// any filter conditions.
	DBClusterEndpoints []*types.DBClusterEndpoint

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match the name of an existing
	// DBClusterParameterGroup.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
}

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// A list of DB cluster parameter groups.
	DBClusterParameterGroups []*types.DBClusterParameterGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput

type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct {
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source.
	// Parameter sources can be engine, service, or customer.
	Source *string
	// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details
	// for. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match the name of an existing
	// DBClusterParameterGroup.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
}

type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput

type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string
	// Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group.
	Parameters []*types.Parameter

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the parameters in the DB cluster parameter group.

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct {
	// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string
}

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {
	// Contains the results of a successful call to the
	// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action. Manual DB cluster snapshot
	// attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the
	// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *types.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct {
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be
	// used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value is stored
	// as a lowercase string. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match the
	// identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot.
	//
	//     * If this identifier is for an
	// automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter must also be specified.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string
	// The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the
	// following values:
	//
	//     * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have
	// been automatically taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account.
	//
	//     * manual -
	// Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account.
	//
	//     *
	// shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared to my AWS
	// account.
	//
	//     * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked
	// as public.
	//
	// If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and
	// manual DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster
	// snapshots with these results by enabling the IncludeShared parameter. You can
	// include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by enabling the
	// IncludePublic parameter. The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't
	// apply for SnapshotType values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic
	// parameter doesn't apply when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared
	// parameter doesn't apply when SnapshotType is set to public.
	SnapshotType *string
	// The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. This
	// parameter can't be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
	// parameter. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied,
	// must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// A filter that specifies one or more DB cluster snapshots to describe. Supported
	// filters:
	//
	//     * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster
	// Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).
	//
	//     * db-cluster-snapshot-id - Accepts DB cluster
	// snapshot identifiers.
	//
	//     * snapshot-type - Accepts types of DB cluster
	// snapshots.
	//
	//     * engine - Accepts names of database engines.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// A value that indicates whether to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are
	// public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account. By default, the public
	// snapshots are not included. You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public
	// by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute () API action.
	IncludePublic *bool
	// A value that indicates whether to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots
	// from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy
	// or restore. By default, these snapshots are not included. You can give an AWS
	// account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot from another AWS
	// account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	IncludeShared *bool
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
}

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user.
	DBClusterSnapshots []*types.DBClusterSnapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.

type DescribeDBClustersInput

type DescribeDBClustersInput struct {
	// A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. Supported
	// filters:
	//
	//     * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster
	// Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information
	// about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// Optional Boolean parameter that specifies whether the output includes
	// information about clusters shared from other AWS accounts.
	IncludeShared *bool
	// The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match an existing
	// DBClusterIdentifier.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the
	// marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
}

type DescribeDBClustersOutput

type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct {
	// Contains a list of DB clusters for the user.
	DBClusters []*types.DBCluster
	// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBClusters request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters action.

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct {
	// The database engine version to return. Example: 5.1.49
	EngineVersion *string
	// A value that indicates whether only the default version of the specified engine
	// or engine and major version combination is returned.
	DefaultOnly *bool
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included in
	// the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// The database engine to return.
	Engine *string
	// A value that indicates whether to include engine versions that aren't available
	// in the list. The default is to list only available engine versions.
	IncludeAll *bool
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match an existing DBParameterGroupFamily.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string
	// A value that indicates whether to list the supported character sets for each
	// engine version. If this parameter is enabled and the requested engine supports
	// the CharacterSetName parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a
	// list of supported character sets for each engine version.
	ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool
	// A value that indicates whether to list the supported time zones for each engine
	// version. If this parameter is enabled and the requested engine supports the
	// TimeZone parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of
	// supported time zones for each engine version.
	ListSupportedTimezones *bool
}

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// A list of DBEngineVersion elements.
	DBEngineVersions []*types.DBEngineVersion

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBEngineVersions action.

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput struct {
	// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter is
	// specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// (Optional) The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is
	// specified, it must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. It returns
	// information from the specific DB instance' automated backup. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// The resource ID of the DB instance that is the source of the automated backup.
	// This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
	DbiResourceId *string
	// A filter that specifies which resources to return based on status. Supported
	// filters are the following:
	//
	//     * status
	//
	//         * active - automated backups
	// for current instances
	//
	//         * retained - automated backups for deleted
	// instances
	//
	//         * creating - automated backups that are waiting for the first
	// automated snapshot to be available
	//
	//     * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance
	// identifiers and Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for DB instances. The results list
	// includes only information about the DB instance automated backupss identified by
	// these ARNs.
	//
	//     * dbi-resource-id - Accepts DB instance resource identifiers
	// and DB Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for DB instances. The results list includes
	// only information about the DB instance resources identified by these
	// ARNs.
	//
	// Returns all resources by default. The status for each resource is
	// specified in the response.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	MaxRecords *int32
}

Parameter input for DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups.

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string
	// A list of DBInstanceAutomatedBackup instances.
	DBInstanceAutomatedBackups []*types.DBInstanceAutomatedBackup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups action.

type DescribeDBInstancesInput

type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct {
	// The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// information from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match the identifier of an
	// existing DBInstance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe. Supported
	// filters:
	//
	//     * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster
	// Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information
	// about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these
	// ARNs.
	//
	//     * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance
	// Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information
	// about the DB instances identified by these ARNs.
	//
	//     * dbi-resource-id -
	// Accepts DB instance resource identifiers. The results list will only include
	// information about the DB instances identified by these DB instance resource
	// identifiers.
	//
	//     * domain - Accepts Active Directory directory IDs. The results
	// list will only include information about the DB instances associated with these
	// domains.
	//
	//     * engine - Accepts engine names. The results list will only
	// include information about the DB instances for these engines.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the
	// marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
}

type DescribeDBInstancesOutput

type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string
	// A list of DBInstance instances.
	DBInstances []*types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstances action.

type DescribeDBLogFilesInput

type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct {
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date, in
	// POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds.
	FileLastWritten *int64
	// Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified
	// string.
	FilenameContains *string
	// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter is
	// specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files you
	// want to list. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an existing
	// DBInstance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size.
	FileSize *int64
}

type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput

type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput struct {
	// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBLogFiles request.
	Marker *string
	// The DB log files returned.
	DescribeDBLogFiles []*types.DescribeDBLogFilesDetails

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles.

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. Constraints:
	//
	//
	// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
	DBParameterGroupName *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
}

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct {
	// A list of DBParameterGroup instances.
	DBParameterGroups []*types.DBParameterGroup
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.

type DescribeDBParametersInput

type DescribeDBParametersInput struct {
	// The parameter types to return. Default: All parameter types returned Valid
	// Values: user | system | engine-default
	Source *string
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. Constraints:
	//
	//
	// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
	DBParameterGroupName *string
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
}

type DescribeDBParametersOutput

type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct {
	// A list of Parameter values.
	Parameters []*types.Parameter
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameters action.

type DescribeDBProxiesInput

type DescribeDBProxiesInput struct {
	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The name of the DB proxy.
	DBProxyName *string
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
}

type DescribeDBProxiesOutput

type DescribeDBProxiesOutput struct {
	// A return value representing an arbitrary number of DBProxy data structures.
	DBProxies []*types.DBProxy
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput struct {
	// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup to describe.
	TargetGroupName *string
	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The identifier of the DBProxy associated with the target group.
	DBProxyName *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
}

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// An arbitrary number of DBProxyTargetGroup objects, containing details of the
	// corresponding target groups.
	TargetGroups []*types.DBProxyTargetGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput struct {
	// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup to describe.
	TargetGroupName *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// The identifier of the DBProxyTarget to describe.
	DBProxyName *string
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
}

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// An arbitrary number of DBProxyTarget objects, containing details of the
	// corresponding targets.
	Targets []*types.DBProxyTarget

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The name of the DB security group to return details for.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
}

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
	// A list of DBSecurityGroup instances.
	DBSecurityGroups []*types.DBSecurityGroup
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct {
	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string
}

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {
	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
	// API action. Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS
	// accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the
	// ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
	DBSnapshotAttributesResult *types.DBSnapshotAttributesResult

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput

type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput struct {
	// The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following
	// values:
	//
	//     * automated - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically
	// taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account.
	//
	//     * manual - Return all DB snapshots
	// that have been taken by my AWS account.
	//
	//     * shared - Return all manual DB
	// snapshots that have been shared to my AWS account.
	//
	//     * public - Return all DB
	// snapshots that have been marked as public.
	//
	//     * awsbackup - Return the DB
	// snapshots managed by the AWS Backup service. For information about AWS Backup,
	// see the  AWS Backup Developer Guide.
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/aws-backup/latest/devguide/whatisbackup.html) The
	// awsbackup type does not apply to Aurora.
	//
	// If you don't specify a SnapshotType
	// value, then both automated and manual snapshots are returned. Shared and public
	// DB snapshots are not included in the returned results by default. You can
	// include shared snapshots with these results by enabling the IncludeShared
	// parameter. You can include public snapshots with these results by enabling the
	// IncludePublic parameter. The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't
	// apply for SnapshotType values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic
	// parameter doesn't apply when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared
	// parameter doesn't apply when SnapshotType is set to public.
	SnapshotType *string
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the
	// marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// A value that indicates whether to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are
	// public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account. By default, the public
	// snapshots are not included. You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by
	// using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute () API.
	IncludePublic *bool
	// A value that indicates whether to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots
	// from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy
	// or restore. By default, these snapshots are not included. You can give an AWS
	// account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from another AWS account by
	// using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
	IncludeShared *bool
	// A filter that specifies one or more DB snapshots to describe. Supported
	// filters:
	//
	//     * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance
	// Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).
	//
	//     * db-snapshot-id - Accepts DB snapshot
	// identifiers.
	//
	//     * dbi-resource-id - Accepts identifiers of source DB
	// instances.
	//
	//     * snapshot-type - Accepts types of DB snapshots.
	//
	//     * engine -
	// Accepts names of database engines.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be used in
	// conjunction with DBInstanceIdentifier. This value is stored as a lowercase
	// string. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match the identifier of an
	// existing DBSnapshot.
	//
	//     * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the
	// SnapshotType parameter must also be specified.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// A specific DB resource ID to describe.
	DbiResourceId *string
	// The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This
	// parameter can't be used in conjunction with DBSnapshotIdentifier. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match the identifier
	// of an existing DBInstance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
}

type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput

type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput struct {
	// A list of DBSnapshot instances.
	DBSnapshots []*types.DBSnapshot
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSnapshots action.

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct {
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The name of the DB subnet group to return details for.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
}

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// A list of DBSubnetGroup instances.
	DBSubnetGroups []*types.DBSubnetGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSubnetGroups action.

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters request. If this parameter is specified,
	// the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified
	// by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter
	// information for.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
}

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {
	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the
	// DescribeEngineDefaultParameters action.
	EngineDefaults *types.EngineDefaults

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct {
	// The name of the DB parameter group family.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeEngineDefaultParameters request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
}

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct {
	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the
	// DescribeEngineDefaultParameters action.
	EngineDefaults *types.EngineDefaults

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The type of source that is generating the events. Valid values: db-instance |
	// db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
	SourceType *string
}

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {
	// A list of EventCategoriesMap data types.
	EventCategoriesMapList []*types.EventCategoriesMap

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Data returned from the DescribeEventCategories action.

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe.
	SubscriptionName *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by
	// MaxRecords .
	Marker *string
}

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// A list of EventSubscriptions data types.
	EventSubscriptionsList []*types.EventSubscription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Data returned by the DescribeEventSubscriptions action.

type DescribeEventsInput

type DescribeEventsInput struct {
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
	// are returned.
	SourceType types.SourceType
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request. If
	// this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the
	// marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not
	// specified, then all sources are included in the response. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If
	// SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
	//
	//     * If the
	// source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be supplied.
	//
	//     *
	// If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be supplied.
	//
	//
	// * If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must be
	// supplied.
	//
	//     * If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	SourceIdentifier *string
	// A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification
	// subscription.
	EventCategories []*string
	// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO 8601
	// format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page.
	// (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	StartTime *time.Time
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO 8601
	// format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page.
	// (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	EndTime *time.Time
	// The number of minutes to retrieve events for. Default: 60
	Duration *int32
}

type DescribeEventsOutput

type DescribeEventsOutput struct {
	// A list of Event instances.
	Events []*types.Event
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this
	// parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up
	// to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents action.

type DescribeExportTasksInput

type DescribeExportTasksInput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeExportTasks request.
	// If you specify this parameter, the response includes only records beyond the
	// marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
	Marker *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the
	// response. You can use the marker in a later DescribeExportTasks request to
	// retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum
	// 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3.
	SourceArn *string
	// Filters specify one or more snapshot exports to describe. The filters are
	// specified as name-value pairs that define what to include in the output.
	// Supported filters include the following:
	//
	//     * export-task-identifier - An
	// identifier for the snapshot export task.
	//
	//     * s3-bucket - The Amazon S3 bucket
	// the snapshot is exported to.
	//
	//     * source-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
	// of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3
	//
	//     * status - The status of the export
	// task.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The identifier of the snapshot export task to be described.
	ExportTaskIdentifier *string
}

type DescribeExportTasksOutput

type DescribeExportTasksOutput struct {
	// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeExportTasks request. A
	// marker is used for pagination to identify the location to begin output for the
	// next response of DescribeExportTasks.
	Marker *string
	// Information about an export of a snapshot to Amazon S3.
	ExportTasks []*types.ExportTask

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeGlobalClustersInput

type DescribeGlobalClustersInput struct {
	// A filter that specifies one or more global DB clusters to describe. Supported
	// filters:
	//
	//     * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster
	// Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information
	// about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeGlobalClusters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match an existing
	// DBClusterIdentifier.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string
}

type DescribeGlobalClustersOutput

type DescribeGlobalClustersOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeGlobalClusters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The list of global clusters returned by this request.
	GlobalClusters []*types.GlobalCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeInstallationMediaInput

type DescribeInstallationMediaInput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeInstallationMedia
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// A filter that specifies one or more installation media to describe. Supported
	// filters include the following:
	//
	//     * custom-availability-zone-id - Accepts
	// custom Availability Zone (AZ) identifiers. The results list includes information
	// about only the custom AZs identified by these identifiers.
	//
	//     * engine -
	// Accepts database engines. The results list includes information about only the
	// database engines identified by these identifiers. For more information about the
	// valid engines for installation media, see ImportInstallationMedia ().
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The installation medium ID.
	InstallationMediaId *string
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
}

type DescribeInstallationMediaOutput

type DescribeInstallationMediaOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeInstallationMedia ()
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The list of InstallationMedia () objects for the AWS account.
	InstallationMedia []*types.InstallationMedia

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified
	// major engine version.
	MajorEngineVersion *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name are described.
	EngineName *string
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
}

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// List of available option group options.
	OptionGroupOptions []*types.OptionGroupOption

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DescribeOptionGroupsInput

type DescribeOptionGroupsInput struct {
	// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with a
	// specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also be
	// specified.
	MajorEngineVersion *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The name of the option group to describe. Can't be supplied together with
	// EngineName or MajorEngineVersion.
	OptionGroupName *string
	// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with a
	// specific database engine.
	EngineName *string
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
}

type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput

type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput struct {
	// List of option groups.
	OptionGroupsList []*types.OptionGroup
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

List of option groups.

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct {
	// The Availability Zone group associated with a Local Zone. Specify this parameter
	// to retrieve available offerings for the Local Zones in the group. Omit this
	// parameter to show the available offerings in the specified AWS Region.
	AvailabilityZoneGroup *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified license model.
	LicenseModel *string
	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
	DBInstanceClass *string
	// The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for.
	Engine *string
	// The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified engine version.
	EngineVersion *string
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by
	// MaxRecords .
	Marker *string
	// A value that indicates whether to show only VPC or non-VPC offerings.
	Vpc *bool
}

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct {
	// An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable
	// options for the DB instance.
	OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*types.OrderableDBInstanceOption
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action.

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct {
	// The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for.
	ResourceIdentifier *string
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribePendingMaintenanceActions request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to a number of records
	// specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	// Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance
	// actions for. Supported filters:
	//
	//     * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster
	// identifiers and DB cluster Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will
	// only include pending maintenance actions for the DB clusters identified by these
	// ARNs.
	//
	//     * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance
	// ARNs. The results list will only include pending maintenance actions for the DB
	// instances identified by these ARNs.
	Filters []*types.Filter
}

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct {
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribePendingMaintenanceActions request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to a number of records
	// specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource.
	PendingMaintenanceActions []*types.ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Data returned from the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions action.

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput struct {
	// The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those
	// reservations matching the specified product description.
	ProductDescription *string
	// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
	// purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string
	// The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
	// to show only reservations for this duration. Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 |
	// 94608000
	Duration *string
	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those
	// reservations matching the specified DB instances class.
	DBInstanceClass *string
	// The lease identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// reservation that matches the specified lease ID. AWS Support might request the
	// lease ID for an issue related to a reserved DB instance.
	LeaseId *string
	// The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show
	// only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID.
	ReservedDBInstanceId *string
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified offering type. Valid Values: "Partial
	// Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
	OfferingType *string
	// A value that indicates whether to show only those reservations that support
	// Multi-AZ.
	MultiAZ *bool
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included in
	// the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
}

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput struct {
	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
	DBInstanceClass *string
	// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier. Example:
	// 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string
	// A value that indicates whether to show only those reservations that support
	// Multi-AZ.
	MultiAZ *bool
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings that contain the specified product description. The results
	// show offerings that partially match the filter value.
	ProductDescription *string
	// Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter to
	// show only reservations for this duration. Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 |
	// 94608000
	Duration *string
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified offering type. Valid Values: "Partial
	// Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
	OfferingType *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included in
	// the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
}

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput struct {
	// A list of reserved DB instance offerings.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferings []*types.ReservedDBInstancesOffering
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings action.

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput struct {
	// A list of reserved DB instances.
	ReservedDBInstances []*types.ReservedDBInstance
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstances action.

type DescribeSourceRegionsInput

type DescribeSourceRegionsInput struct {
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeSourceRegions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string
	// The source AWS Region name. For example, us-east-1. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must
	// specify a valid AWS Region name.
	RegionName *string
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. Default: 100
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
}

type DescribeSourceRegionsOutput

type DescribeSourceRegionsOutput struct {
	// A list of SourceRegion instances that contains each source AWS Region that the
	// current AWS Region can get a read replica or a DB snapshot from.
	SourceRegions []*types.SourceRegion
	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the
	// value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeSourceRegions action.

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput struct {
	// The customer identifier or the ARN of your DB instance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
}

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput struct {
	// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance.
	// Contains the result of a successful call to the
	// DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications action. You can use this information when
	// you call ModifyDBInstance.
	ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage *types.ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct {
	// The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker
	// parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker
	// until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines.
	Marker *string
	// The name of the log file to be downloaded.
	LogFileName *string
	// The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results in a
	// file over 1 MB in size, the file is truncated at 1 MB in size. If the
	// NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned can be
	// from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value of the
	// Marker parameter.
	//
	//     * If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the
	// entire log file is returned up to a maximum of 10000 lines, starting with the
	// most recent log entries first.
	//
	//     * If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker
	// isn't specified, then the most recent lines from the end of the log file are
	// returned.
	//
	//     * If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of
	// lines from the beginning of the log file are returned.
	//
	//     * You can download
	// the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size of the block using the
	// NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value of "0" for the Marker
	// parameter in your first request. Include the Marker value returned in the
	// response as the Marker value for the next request, continuing until the
	// AdditionalDataPending response element returns false.
	NumberOfLines *int32
	// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files you
	// want to list. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an existing
	// DBInstance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
}

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput struct {
	// A pagination token that can be used in a later DownloadDBLogFilePortion request.
	Marker *string
	// Entries from the specified log file.
	LogFileData *string
	// Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded.
	AdditionalDataPending *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

This data type is used as a response element to DownloadDBLogFilePortion.

type EndpointResolver

type EndpointResolver interface {
	ResolveEndpoint(region string, options ResolverOptions) (aws.Endpoint, error)
}

EndpointResolver interface for resolving service endpoints.

func WithEndpointResolver

func WithEndpointResolver(awsResolver aws.EndpointResolver, fallbackResolver EndpointResolver) EndpointResolver

WithEndpointResolver returns an EndpointResolver that first delegates endpoint resolution to the awsResolver. If awsResolver returns aws.EndpointNotFoundError error, the resolver will use the the provided fallbackResolver for resolution. awsResolver and fallbackResolver must not be nil

type EndpointResolverFunc

type EndpointResolverFunc func(region string, options ResolverOptions) (aws.Endpoint, error)

EndpointResolverFunc is a helper utility that wraps a function so it satisfies the EndpointResolver interface. This is useful when you want to add additional endpoint resolving logic, or stub out specific endpoints with custom values.

func (EndpointResolverFunc) ResolveEndpoint

func (fn EndpointResolverFunc) ResolveEndpoint(region string, options ResolverOptions) (endpoint aws.Endpoint, err error)

type FailoverDBClusterInput

type FailoverDBClusterInput struct {
	// The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance. You must specify
	// the instance identifier for an Aurora Replica in the DB cluster. For example,
	// mydbcluster-replica1.
	TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an existing
	// DBCluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
}

type FailoverDBClusterOutput

type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, and StartDBCluster
	// actions.
	DBCluster *types.DBCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type HTTPClient

type HTTPClient interface {
	Do(*http.Request) (*http.Response, error)
}

type HTTPSignerV4

type HTTPSignerV4 interface {
	SignHTTP(ctx context.Context, credentials aws.Credentials, r *http.Request, payloadHash string, service string, region string, signingTime time.Time) error
}

type ImportInstallationMediaInput

type ImportInstallationMediaInput struct {
	// The version number of the database engine to use. For a list of valid engine
	// versions, call DescribeDBEngineVersions (). The following are the database
	// engines and links to information about the major and minor versions. The list
	// only includes DB engines that require an on-premises customer provided license.
	// <p> <b>Microsoft SQL Server</b> </p> <p>See <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.FeatureSupport">Version
	// and Feature Support on Amazon RDS</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p>
	EngineVersion *string
	// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.  <p>The list only
	// includes supported DB engines that require an on-premises customer provided
	// license. </p> <p>Valid Values: </p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>sqlserver-ee</code> </p>
	// </li> <li> <p> <code>sqlserver-se</code> </p> </li> <li> <p>
	// <code>sqlserver-ex</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>sqlserver-web</code> </p>
	// </li> </ul>
	Engine *string
	// The path to the installation medium for the operating system associated with the
	// specified DB engine. Example:
	// WindowsISO/en_windows_server_2016_x64_dvd_9327751.iso
	OSInstallationMediaPath *string
	// The identifier of the custom Availability Zone (AZ) to import the installation
	// media to.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string
	// The path to the installation medium for the specified DB engine. Example:
	// SQLServerISO/en_sql_server_2016_enterprise_x64_dvd_8701793.iso
	EngineInstallationMediaPath *string
}

type ImportInstallationMediaOutput

type ImportInstallationMediaOutput struct {
	// The status of the installation medium.
	Status *string
	// The engine version of the DB engine.
	EngineVersion *string
	// The custom Availability Zone (AZ) that contains the installation media.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string
	// The path to the installation medium for the operating system associated with the
	// DB engine.
	OSInstallationMediaPath *string
	// The DB engine.
	Engine *string
	// If an installation media failure occurred, the cause of the failure.
	FailureCause *types.InstallationMediaFailureCause
	// The installation medium ID.
	InstallationMediaId *string
	// The path to the installation medium for the DB engine.
	EngineInstallationMediaPath *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server.

type ListTagsForResourceInput

type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []*types.Filter
	// The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing an ARN for
	// Amazon RDS
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	ResourceName *string
}

type ListTagsForResourceOutput

type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
	// List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation.
	TagList []*types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyCertificatesInput

type ModifyCertificatesInput struct {
	// A value that indicates whether to remove the override for the default
	// certificate. If the override is removed, the default certificate is the system
	// default.
	RemoveCustomerOverride *bool
	// The new default certificate identifier to override the current one with. To
	// determine the valid values, use the describe-certificates AWS CLI command or the
	// DescribeCertificates API operation.
	CertificateIdentifier *string
}

type ModifyCertificatesOutput

type ModifyCertificatesOutput struct {
	// A CA certificate for an AWS account.
	Certificate *types.Certificate

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput struct {
	// The amount of time, in seconds, that Aurora Serverless tries to find a scaling
	// point to perform seamless scaling before enforcing the timeout action. The
	// default is 300.
	//
	//     * Value must be from 10 through 600.
	SecondsBeforeTimeout *int32
	// The DB cluster capacity. When you change the capacity of a paused Aurora
	// Serverless DB cluster, it automatically resumes. Constraints:
	//
	//     * For Aurora
	// MySQL, valid capacity values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256.
	//
	//     *
	// For Aurora PostgreSQL, valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 192, and
	// 384.
	Capacity *int32
	// The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an existing DB
	// cluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The action to take when the timeout is reached, either ForceApplyCapacityChange
	// or RollbackCapacityChange. ForceApplyCapacityChange, the default, sets the
	// capacity to the specified value as soon as possible. RollbackCapacityChange
	// ignores the capacity change if a scaling point isn't found in the timeout
	// period.
	TimeoutAction *string
}

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput struct {
	// The timeout action of a call to ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity, either
	// ForceApplyCapacityChange or RollbackCapacityChange.
	TimeoutAction *string
	// A user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key that
	// identifies a DB cluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The number of seconds before a call to ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity times out.
	SecondsBeforeTimeout *int32
	// A value that specifies the capacity that the DB cluster scales to next.
	PendingCapacity *int32
	// The current capacity of the DB cluster.
	CurrentCapacity *int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput struct {
	// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
	EndpointType *string
	// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
	// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
	// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
	ExcludedMembers []*string
	// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
	StaticMembers []*string
	// The identifier of the endpoint to modify. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string
}

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput struct {
	// The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string
	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. This
	// parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM.
	EndpointType *string
	// The DNS address of the endpoint.
	Endpoint *string
	// A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same for
	// the whole life of the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string
	// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
	// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
	// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
	ExcludedMembers []*string
	// The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting,
	// modifying.
	Status *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointArn *string
	// The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
	CustomEndpointType *string
	// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
	StaticMembers []*string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

  • CreateDBClusterEndpoint

  • DescribeDBClusterEndpoints

    *

ModifyDBClusterEndpoint

  • DeleteDBClusterEndpoint

For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, see Endpoint.

type ModifyDBClusterInput

type ModifyDBClusterInput struct {
	// The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster.
	// This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain
	// from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//     * The first character must be a
	// letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive
	// hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-cluster2
	NewDBClusterIdentifier *string
	// A value that indicates whether the modifications in this request and any pending
	// modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the
	// PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter is
	// disabled, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance
	// window. The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the
	// EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, MasterUserPassword, and NewDBClusterIdentifier
	// values. If the ApplyImmediately parameter is disabled, then changes to the
	// EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, MasterUserPassword, and NewDBClusterIdentifier
	// values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes are
	// applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
	// By default, this parameter is disabled.
	ApplyImmediately *bool
	// The name of the DB parameter group to apply to all instances of the DB cluster.
	// When you apply a parameter group using the DBInstanceParameterGroupName
	// parameter, the DB cluster isn't rebooted automatically. Also, parameter changes
	// aren't applied during the next maintenance window but instead are applied
	// immediately. Default: The existing name setting Constraints:
	//
	//     * The DB
	// parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group family as this DB
	// cluster.
	//
	//     * The DBInstanceParameterGroupName parameter is only valid in
	// combination with the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade parameter.
	DBInstanceParameterGroupName *string
	// The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade. Changing
	// this parameter results in an outage. The change is applied during the next
	// maintenance window unless ApplyImmediately is enabled. To list all of the
	// available engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora), use the
	// following command: aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" To list all of the available engine versions
	// for aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command:
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" To list all of the available engine versions
	// for aurora-postgresql, use the following command: aws rds
	// describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	EngineVersion *string
	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. The default is a
	// 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS
	// Region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred DB
	// Cluster Maintenance Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be in the format
	// hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//     * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//     * Must
	// not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//     * Must be at least 30
	// minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string
	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi The default is a
	// 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS
	// Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available,
	// see  Adjusting the Preferred DB Cluster Maintenance Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string
	// The scaling properties of the DB cluster. You can only modify scaling properties
	// for DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode.
	ScalingConfiguration *types.ScalingConfiguration
	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// The new password for the master database user. This password can contain any
	// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Constraints: Must contain
	// from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string
	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify a
	// minimum value of 1. Default: 1 Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int32
	// The Active Directory directory ID to move the DB cluster to. Specify none to
	// remove the cluster from its current domain. The domain must be created prior to
	// this operation.
	Domain *string
	// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value
	// to 0. Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters.
	// Default: 0 Constraints:
	//
	//     * If specified, this value must be set to a number
	// from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours).
	BacktrackWindow *int64
	// A value that indicates whether major version upgrades are allowed. Constraints:
	// You must allow major version upgrades when specifying a value for the
	// EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB cluster's
	// current version.
	AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool
	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// <p>For more information, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html">
	// IAM Database Authentication</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p>
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool
	// The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections. Constraints: Value
	// must be 1150-65535 Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
	Port *int32
	// A value that indicates whether to enable the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora
	// Serverless DB cluster. By default, the HTTP endpoint is disabled. When enabled,
	// the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API for running SQL
	// queries on the Aurora Serverless DB cluster. You can also query your database
	// from inside the RDS console with the query editor. For more information, see
	// Using the Data API for Aurora Serverless
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html) in
	// the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableHttpEndpoint *bool
	// A value that indicates whether to enable write operations to be forwarded from
	// this cluster to the primary cluster in an Aurora global database. The resulting
	// changes are replicated back to this cluster. This parameter only applies to DB
	// clusters that are secondary clusters in an Aurora global database. By default,
	// Aurora disallows write operations for secondary clusters.
	EnableGlobalWriteForwarding *bool
	// The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to
	// CloudWatch Logs for a specific DB cluster.
	CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *types.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots
	// of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool
	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified option group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage
	// except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next
	// maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately is enabled for this request. If
	// the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change
	// can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected
	// but existing connections are not interrupted. Permanent options can't be removed
	// from an option group. The option group can't be removed from a DB cluster once
	// it is associated with a DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string
	// The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive. Constraints: This identifier must match the identifier of an
	// existing DB cluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
}

type ModifyDBClusterOutput

type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, and StartDBCluster
	// actions.
	DBCluster *types.DBCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
	// A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
	Parameters []*types.Parameter
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string
}

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255
	// letters or numbers.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end
	// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// This value is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
	// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by
	// AttributeName. To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB
	// cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all
	// to make the manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add
	// the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private
	// information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts.
	ValuesToAdd []*string
	// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified
	// by AttributeName. To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or
	// restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS
	// account identifiers, or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy
	// or restore the DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose
	// account ID is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or
	// restore a manual DB cluster snapshot.
	ValuesToRemove []*string
	// The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify. To manage authorization
	// for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this
	// value to restore. To view the list of attributes available to modify, use the
	// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes () API action.
	AttributeName *string
	// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string
}

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
	// Contains the results of a successful call to the
	// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action. Manual DB cluster snapshot
	// attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the
	// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *types.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyDBInstanceInput

type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct {
	// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE
	// encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	// Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied
	// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is
	// enabled for this request.
	MultiAZ *bool
	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to
	// Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. For
	// information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role for
	// Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than
	// 0, then you must supply a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string
	// The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string
	// The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to a
	// positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated
	// backups. Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to
	// a non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied during
	// the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is enabled for
	// this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero value to another
	// non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Amazon
	// Aurora Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by
	// the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. Default: Uses
	// existing setting Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be a value from 0 to 35
	//
	//     * Can be
	// specified for a MySQL read replica only if the source is running MySQL 5.6 or
	// later
	//
	//     * Can be specified for a PostgreSQL read replica only if the source
	// is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5
	//
	//     * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a
	// source to read replicas
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int32
	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the
	// primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more
	// information, see  Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. Default: 1 Valid Values: 0 - 15
	PromotionTier *int32
	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS
	// key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key
	// alias for the KMS encryption key. If you do not specify a value for
	// PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default encryption key.
	// AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS
	// account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
	PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// For information about the supported DB engines, see CreateDBInstance ().  <p>For
	// more information about IAM database authentication, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html">
	// IAM Database Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS
	// User Guide.</i> </p>
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB instance to
	// snapshots of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied. Amazon Aurora Not
	// applicable. Copying tags to snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting this
	// value for an Aurora DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting. For
	// more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool
	// The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance.
	// When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot occurs
	// immediately if you enable ApplyImmediately, or will occur during the next
	// maintenance window if you disable Apply Immediately. This value is stored as a
	// lowercase string.  <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Must contain from 1 to 63
	// letters, numbers, or hyphens.</p> </li> <li> <p>The first character must be a
	// letter.</p> </li> <li> <p>Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive
	// hyphens.</p> </li> </ul> <p>Example: <code>mydbinstance</code> </p>
	NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is restarted when you rotate your
	// SSL/TLS certificate. By default, the DB instance is restarted when you rotate
	// your SSL/TLS certificate. The certificate is not updated until the DB instance
	// is restarted. Set this parameter only if you are not using SSL/TLS to connect to
	// the DB instance. If you are using SSL/TLS to connect to the DB instance, follow
	// the appropriate instructions for your DB engine to rotate your SSL/TLS
	// certificate:
	//
	//     * For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate
	// for RDS DB engines, see  Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate.
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	//     * For more information about rotating your
	// SSL/TLS certificate for Aurora DB engines, see  Rotating Your SSL/TLS
	// Certificate
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	CertificateRotationRestart *bool
	// The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to
	// CloudWatch Logs for a specific DB instance. A change to the
	// CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration parameter is always applied to the DB instance
	// immediately. Therefore, the ApplyImmediately parameter has no effect.
	CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *types.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration
	// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
	// group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage except in the
	// following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window
	// unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is enabled for this request. If the
	// parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change can
	// cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but
	// existing connections are not interrupted. Permanent options, such as the TDE
	// option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group,
	// and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated
	// with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string
	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This change
	// is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Amazon Aurora Not applicable. The
	// associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed by the DB cluster. For
	// more information, see ModifyDBCluster. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must
	// match existing VpcSecurityGroupIds.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []*types.ProcessorFeature
	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. If you specify
	// Provisioned IOPS (io1), you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. If
	// you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to using
	// Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard storage, the
	// process can take time. The duration of the migration depends on several factors
	// such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard or Provisioned
	// IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of prior scale
	// storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, but the process
	// can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB instance
	// is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. While the
	// migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. No other
	// Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including modifying the
	// instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating a read replica
	// for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. Valid values:
	// standard | gp2 | io1 Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise
	// gp2
	StorageType *string
	// The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values
	// are 7 or 731 (2 years).
	PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int32
	// The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter
	// results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is eanbled for this request. For
	// major version upgrades, if a nondefault DB parameter group is currently in use,
	// a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the new engine
	// version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the default for
	// that DB parameter group family. For information about valid engine versions, see
	// CreateDBInstance, or call DescribeDBEngineVersions.
	EngineVersion *string
	// The license model for the DB instance. Valid values: license-included |
	// bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string
	// A value that indicates whether the modifications in this request and any pending
	// modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the
	// PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB instance. By default, this
	// parameter is disabled. If this parameter is disabled, changes to the DB instance
	// are applied during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause
	// an outage and are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance (), or the next
	// failure reboot. Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. to see the impact of enabling or disabling
	// ApplyImmediately for each modified parameter and to determine when the changes
	// are applied.
	ApplyImmediately *bool
	// The new amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance.
	// <p>For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied must be at
	// least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10%
	// greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than
	// the current value. </p> <p>For the valid values for allocated storage for each
	// engine, see <code>CreateDBInstance</code>. </p>
	AllocatedStorage *int32
	// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string
	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, which
	// might result in an outage. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage,
	// except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously applied as
	// soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, and the
	// maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing this
	// parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window to the
	// current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current time and end
	// of the window to ensure pending changes are applied. Default: Uses existing
	// setting Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri
	// | Sat | Sun Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string
	// A value that indicates whether minor version upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter
	// doesn't result in an outage except in the following case and the change is
	// asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage results if this parameter
	// is enabled during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is
	// available, and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool
	// The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance.
	// Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied
	// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is
	// enabled for this request. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard
	// storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a reboot for the
	// change in storage type to take effect. If you choose to migrate your DB instance
	// from using standard storage to using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned
	// IOPS to using standard storage, the process can take time. The duration of the
	// migration depends on several factors such as database load, storage size,
	// storage type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if
	// any), and the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times
	// are under 24 hours, but the process can take up to several days in some cases.
	// During the migration, the DB instance is available for use, but might experience
	// performance degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for
	// the instance are suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for
	// the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting
	// the instance, creating a read replica for the instance, and creating a DB
	// snapshot of the instance. Constraints: For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and
	// PostgreSQL, the value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
	// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
	// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. Default: Uses
	// existing setting
	Iops *int32
	// A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB
	// instance. For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
	// in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide.
	EnablePerformanceInsights *bool
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When the
	// DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to the private IP
	// address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public IP address from
	// outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance is ultimately
	// controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access is not
	// permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't permit it.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. PubliclyAccessible only
	// applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance must be part of a public
	// subnet and PubliclyAccessible must be enabled for it to be publicly accessible.
	// Changes to the PubliclyAccessible parameter are applied immediately regardless
	// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool
	// The port number on which the database accepts connections. The value of the
	// DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values specified for
	// options in the option group for the DB instance. Your database will restart when
	// you change the DBPortNumber value regardless of the value of the
	// ApplyImmediately parameter. MySQL Default: 3306 Valid values: 1150-65535 MariaDB
	// Default: 3306 Valid values: 1150-65535 PostgreSQL Default: 5432 Valid values:
	// 1150-65535 Type: Integer Oracle Default: 1521 Valid values: 1150-65535 SQL
	// Server Default: 1433 Valid values: 1150-65535 except 1234, 1434, 3260, 3343,
	// 3389, 47001, and 49152-49156. Amazon Aurora Default: 3306 Valid values:
	// 1150-65535
	DBPortNumber *int32
	// The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example,
	// db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or
	// for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and
	// availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. If you modify the DB instance class, an outage
	// occurs during the change. The change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window, unless ApplyImmediately is enabled for this request. Default: Uses
	// existing setting
	DBInstanceClass *string
	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are
	// collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then
	// you must also set MonitoringInterval to a value other than 0. Valid Values: 0,
	// 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int32
	// Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance.
	CACertificateIdentifier *string
	// A value that indicates whether major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this
	// parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied
	// as soon as possible. Constraints: Major version upgrades must be allowed when
	// specifying a value for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major
	// version than the DB instance's current version.
	AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool
	// The new password for the master user. The password can include any printable
	// ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Changing this parameter doesn't result
	// in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
	// Between the time of the request and the completion of the request, the
	// MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues element of the
	// operation response.  <p> <b>Amazon Aurora</b> </p> <p>Not applicable. The
	// password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. For more information,
	// see <code>ModifyDBCluster</code>. </p> <p>Default: Uses existing setting</p> <p>
	// <b>MariaDB</b> </p> <p>Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.</p>
	// <p> <b>Microsoft SQL Server</b> </p> <p>Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128
	// characters.</p> <p> <b>MySQL</b> </p> <p>Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41
	// characters.</p> <p> <b>Oracle</b> </p> <p>Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30
	// characters.</p> <p> <b>PostgreSQL</b> </p> <p>Constraints: Must contain from 8
	// to 128 characters.</p> <note> <p>Amazon RDS API actions never return the
	// password, so this action provides a way to regain access to a primary instance
	// user if the password is lost. This includes restoring privileges that might have
	// been accidentally revoked. </p> </note>
	MasterUserPassword *string
	// The Active Directory directory ID to move the DB instance to. Specify none to
	// remove the instance from its current domain. The domain must be created prior to
	// this operation. Currently, only Microsoft SQL Server and Oracle DB instances can
	// be created in an Active Directory Domain. For Microsoft SQL Server DB instances,
	// Amazon RDS can use Windows Authentication to authenticate users that connect to
	// the DB instance. For more information, see  Using Windows Authentication with an
	// Amazon RDS DB Instance Running Microsoft SQL Server
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_SQLServerWinAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. For Oracle DB instances, Amazon RDS can use
	// Kerberos authentication to authenticate users that connect to the DB instance.
	// For more information, see  Using Kerberos Authentication with Amazon RDS for
	// Oracle
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-kerberos.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Domain *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses its
	// default processor features.
	UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool
	// The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing this
	// setting doesn't result in an outage. The parameter group name itself is changed
	// immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied until you reboot
	// the instance without failover. In this case, the DB instance isn't rebooted
	// automatically and the parameter changes isn't applied during the next
	// maintenance window. Default: Uses existing setting Constraints: The DB parameter
	// group must be in the same DB parameter group family as this DB instance.
	DBParameterGroupName *string
	// The upper limit to which Amazon RDS can automatically scale the storage of the
	// DB instance.
	MaxAllocatedStorage *int32
	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	// Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is
	// asynchronously applied as soon as possible.  <p> <b>Amazon Aurora</b> </p>
	// <p>Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is
	// managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see
	// <code>ModifyDBCluster</code>.</p> <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Must be in
	// the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be in Universal Time
	// Coordinated (UTC)</p> </li> <li> <p>Must not conflict with the preferred
	// maintenance window</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be at least 30 minutes</p> </li> </ul>
	PreferredBackupWindow *string
	// A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this
	// setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as
	// soon as possible. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match existing
	// DBSecurityGroups.
	DBSecurityGroups []*string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see  Deleting a DB
	// Instance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to move
	// your DB instance to a different VPC.  If your DB instance isn't in a VPC, you
	// can also use this parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC. For more
	// information, see <a
	// href="http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html#USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC">Updating
	// the VPC for a DB Instance</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p>
	// <p>Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change is
	// applied during the next maintenance window, unless you enable
	// <code>ApplyImmediately</code>. </p> <p>Constraints: If supplied, must match the
	// name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.</p> <p>Example: <code>mySubnetGroup</code>
	// </p>
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
}

type ModifyDBInstanceOutput

type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput

type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct {
	// An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter
	// update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied;
	// later arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a
	// single request. Valid Values (for the application method): immediate |
	// pending-reboot You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You
	// can use the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and
	// changes are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover.
	Parameters []*types.Parameter
	// The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match
	// the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
	DBParameterGroupName *string
}

type ModifyDBParameterGroupOutput

type ModifyDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup or ResetDBParameterGroup action.

type ModifyDBProxyInput

type ModifyDBProxyInput struct {
	// Whether Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption is required for connections to
	// the proxy. By enabling this setting, you can enforce encrypted TLS connections
	// to the proxy, even if the associated database doesn't use TLS.
	RequireTLS *bool
	// The new list of security groups for the DBProxy.
	SecurityGroups []*string
	// The new identifier for the DBProxy. An identifier must begin with a letter and
	// must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end with a hyphen
	// or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	NewDBProxyName *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that the proxy uses to access
	// secrets in AWS Secrets Manager.
	RoleArn *string
	// Whether the proxy includes detailed information about SQL statements in its
	// logs. This information helps you to debug issues involving SQL behavior or the
	// performance and scalability of the proxy connections. The debug information
	// includes the text of SQL statements that you submit through the proxy. Thus,
	// only enable this setting when needed for debugging, and only when you have
	// security measures in place to safeguard any sensitive information that appears
	// in the logs.
	DebugLogging *bool
	// The number of seconds that a connection to the proxy can be inactive before the
	// proxy disconnects it. You can set this value higher or lower than the connection
	// timeout limit for the associated database.
	IdleClientTimeout *int32
	// The identifier for the DBProxy to modify.
	DBProxyName *string
	// The new authentication settings for the DBProxy.
	Auth []*types.UserAuthConfig
}

type ModifyDBProxyOutput

type ModifyDBProxyOutput struct {
	// The DBProxy object representing the new settings for the proxy.
	DBProxy *types.DBProxy

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput struct {
	// The settings that determine the size and behavior of the connection pool for the
	// target group.
	ConnectionPoolConfig *types.ConnectionPoolConfiguration
	// The name of the new proxy to which to assign the target group.
	DBProxyName *string
	// The name of the new target group to assign to the proxy.
	TargetGroupName *string
	// The new name for the modified DBProxyTarget. An identifier must begin with a
	// letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end
	// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	NewName *string
}

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput struct {
	// The settings of the modified DBProxyTarget.
	DBProxyTargetGroup *types.DBProxyTargetGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string
	// A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by
	// AttributeName. To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore
	// a manual snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers,
	// or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB
	// snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID is explicitly
	// added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot.
	ValuesToRemove []*string
	// A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by
	// AttributeName. To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make
	// the manual DB snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the all value
	// for any manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want
	// available to all AWS accounts.
	ValuesToAdd []*string
	// The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify. To manage authorization for
	// other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot, set this value to
	// restore. To view the list of attributes available to modify, use the
	// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes () API action.
	AttributeName *string
}

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
	// API action. Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS
	// accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the
	// ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
	DBSnapshotAttributesResult *types.DBSnapshotAttributesResult

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyDBSnapshotInput

type ModifyDBSnapshotInput struct {
	// The identifier of the DB snapshot to modify.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string
	// The engine version to upgrade the DB snapshot to.  <p>The following are the
	// database engines and engine versions that are available when you upgrade a DB
	// snapshot. </p> <p> <b>MySQL</b> </p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>5.5.46</code>
	// (supported for 5.1 DB snapshots)</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>Oracle</b> </p> <ul>
	// <li> <p> <code>12.1.0.2.v8</code> (supported for 12.1.0.1 DB snapshots)</p>
	// </li> <li> <p> <code>11.2.0.4.v12</code> (supported for 11.2.0.2 DB
	// snapshots)</p> </li> <li> <p> <code>11.2.0.4.v11</code> (supported for 11.2.0.3
	// DB snapshots)</p> </li> </ul> <p> <b>PostgreSQL</b> </p> <p>For the list of
	// engine versions that are available for upgrading a DB snapshot, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.PostgreSQL.html#USER_UpgradeDBInstance.PostgreSQL.MajorVersion">
	// Upgrading the PostgreSQL DB Engine for Amazon RDS</a>. </p>
	EngineVersion *string
	// The option group to identify with the upgraded DB snapshot.  <p>You can specify
	// this parameter when you upgrade an Oracle DB snapshot. The same option group
	// considerations apply when upgrading a DB snapshot as when upgrading a DB
	// instance. For more information, see <a
	// href="http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.html#USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.OGPG.OG">Option
	// Group Considerations</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS User Guide.</i> </p>
	OptionGroupName *string
}

type ModifyDBSnapshotOutput

type ModifyDBSnapshotOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
	DBSnapshot *types.DBSnapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
	// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	// You can't modify the default subnet group. Constraints: Must match the name of
	// an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be default. Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
	SubnetIds []*string
	// The description for the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupDescription *string
}

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. This data type is used as
	// a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups action.
	DBSubnetGroup *types.DBSubnetGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {
	// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. You
	// can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) topic
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories action.
	EventCategories []*string
	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription.
	SubscriptionName *string
	// A value that indicates whether to activate the subscription.
	Enabled *bool
	// The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want to be
	// notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter to
	// db-instance. If this value isn't specified, all events are returned. Valid
	// values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
	SourceType *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
	// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to it.
	SnsTopicArn *string
}

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the
	// DescribeEventSubscriptions action.
	EventSubscription *types.EventSubscription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyGlobalClusterInput

type ModifyGlobalClusterInput struct {
	// Indicates if the global database cluster has deletion protection enabled. The
	// global database cluster can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// The DB cluster identifier for the global cluster being modified. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an
	// existing global database cluster.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string
	// The new cluster identifier for the global database cluster when modifying a
	// global database cluster. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//
	// * The first character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain
	// two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-cluster2
	NewGlobalClusterIdentifier *string
}

type ModifyGlobalClusterOutput

type ModifyGlobalClusterOutput struct {
	// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
	GlobalCluster *types.GlobalCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ModifyOptionGroupInput

type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct {
	// The name of the option group to be modified. Permanent options, such as the TDE
	// option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group,
	// and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated
	// with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string
	// A value that indicates whether to apply the change immediately or during the
	// next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option group.
	ApplyImmediately *bool
	// Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present, the
	// specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration.
	OptionsToInclude []*types.OptionConfiguration
	// Options in this list are removed from the option group.
	OptionsToRemove []*string
}

type ModifyOptionGroupOutput

type ModifyOptionGroupOutput struct {
	//
	OptionGroup *types.OptionGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type Options

type Options struct {
	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// The credentials object to use when signing requests.
	Credentials aws.CredentialsProvider

	// The endpoint options to be used when attempting to resolve an endpoint.
	EndpointOptions ResolverOptions

	// The service endpoint resolver.
	EndpointResolver EndpointResolver

	// Signature Version 4 (SigV4) Signer
	HTTPSignerV4 HTTPSignerV4

	// The region to send requests to. (Required)
	Region string

	// Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable
	// failures. When nil the API client will use a default retryer.
	Retryer retry.Retryer

	// The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP
	// implementation if nil.
	HTTPClient HTTPClient
}

func (Options) Copy

func (o Options) Copy() Options

Copy creates a clone where the APIOptions list is deep copied.

func (Options) GetCredentials

func (o Options) GetCredentials() aws.CredentialsProvider

func (Options) GetEndpointOptions

func (o Options) GetEndpointOptions() ResolverOptions

func (Options) GetEndpointResolver

func (o Options) GetEndpointResolver() EndpointResolver

func (Options) GetHTTPSignerV4

func (o Options) GetHTTPSignerV4() HTTPSignerV4

func (Options) GetRegion

func (o Options) GetRegion() string

func (Options) GetRetryer

func (o Options) GetRetryer() retry.Retryer

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct {
	// The identifier of the DB cluster read replica to promote. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an existing DB
	// cluster read replica.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster-replica1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
}

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, and StartDBCluster
	// actions.
	DBCluster *types.DBCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type PromoteReadReplicaInput

type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct {
	// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an existing read replica DB
	// instance.
	//
	// Example: mydbinstance
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. The default is a
	// 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS
	// Region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be in the format
	// hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//     * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//     * Must
	// not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//     * Must be at least 30
	// minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string
	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
	// parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0
	// disables automated backups. Default: 1 Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be a value from
	// 0 to 35.
	//
	//     * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to read
	// replicas.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int32
}

type PromoteReadReplicaOutput

type PromoteReadReplicaOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct {
	// Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation. Example:
	// myreservationID
	ReservedDBInstanceId *string
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The number of instances to reserve. Default: 1
	DBInstanceCount *int32
	// The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase. Example:
	// 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string
}

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput struct {
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
	// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.
	ReservedDBInstance *types.ReservedDBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RebootDBInstanceInput

type RebootDBInstanceInput struct {
	// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// A value that indicates whether the reboot is conducted through a Multi-AZ
	// failover. Constraint: You can't enable force failover if the instance isn't
	// configured for Multi-AZ.
	ForceFailover *bool
}

type RebootDBInstanceOutput

type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput struct {
	// One or more DB instance identifiers.
	DBInstanceIdentifiers []*string
	// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup.
	TargetGroupName *string
	// The identifier of the DBProxy that is associated with the DBProxyTargetGroup.
	DBProxyName *string
	// One or more DB cluster identifiers.
	DBClusterIdentifiers []*string
}

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput struct {
	// One or more DBProxyTarget objects that are created when you register targets
	// with a target group.
	DBProxyTargets []*types.DBProxyTarget

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput struct {
	// The cluster identifier to detach from the Aurora global database cluster.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) identifying the cluster that was detached from
	// the Aurora global database cluster.
	DbClusterIdentifier *string
}

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput struct {
	// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
	GlobalCluster *types.GlobalCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput struct {
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the Aurora
	// DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole.
	RoleArn *string
	// The name of the DB cluster to disassociate the IAM role from.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The name of the feature for the DB cluster that the IAM role is to be
	// disassociated from. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion
	// ().
	FeatureName *string
}

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput struct {
	// The name of the DB instance to disassociate the IAM role from.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the DB
	// instance, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole.
	RoleArn *string
	// The name of the feature for the DB instance that the IAM role is to be
	// disassociated from. For the list of supported feature names, see
	// DBEngineVersion.
	FeatureName *string
}

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct {
	// The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB
	// instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group.
	SourceIdentifier *string
	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a source
	// identifier from.
	SubscriptionName *string
}

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct {
	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the
	// DescribeEventSubscriptions action.
	EventSubscription *types.EventSubscription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput

type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct {
	// The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed.
	TagKeys []*string
	// The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are removed from. This value is an Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing an
	// ARN for Amazon RDS
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	ResourceName *string
}

type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput

type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
	// A value that indicates whether to reset all parameters in the DB cluster
	// parameter group to their default values. You can't use this parameter if there
	// is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter.
	ResetAllParameters *bool
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string
	// A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the
	// default values. You can't use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter
	// is enabled.
	Parameters []*types.Parameter
}

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255
	// letters or numbers.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end
	// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// This value is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type ResetDBParameterGroupInput

type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct {
	// A value that indicates whether to reset all parameters in the DB parameter group
	// to default values. By default, all parameters in the DB parameter group are
	// reset to default values.
	ResetAllParameters *bool
	// The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the name of
	// an existing DBParameterGroup.
	DBParameterGroupName *string
	// To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name and
	// ResetAllParameters parameters. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of
	// the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be
	// modified in a single request. MySQL Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate |
	// pending-reboot You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You
	// can use the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and
	// changes are applied when DB instance reboots. MariaDB Valid Values (for Apply
	// method): immediate | pending-reboot You can use the immediate value with dynamic
	// parameters only. You can use the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and
	// static parameters, and changes are applied when DB instance reboots. Oracle
	// Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot
	Parameters []*types.Parameter
}

type ResetDBParameterGroupOutput

type ResetDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup or ResetDBParameterGroup action.

type ResolveEndpoint

type ResolveEndpoint struct {
	Resolver EndpointResolver
	Options  ResolverOptions
}

func (*ResolveEndpoint) HandleSerialize

func (*ResolveEndpoint) ID

func (*ResolveEndpoint) ID() string

type ResolveEndpointMiddlewareOptions

type ResolveEndpointMiddlewareOptions interface {
	GetEndpointResolver() EndpointResolver
	GetEndpointOptions() ResolverOptions
}

type ResolverOptions

type ResolverOptions = internalendpoints.Options

ResolverOptions is the service endpoint resolver options

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct {
	// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value
	// to 0. Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters.
	// Default: 0 Constraints:
	//
	//     * If specified, this value must be set to a number
	// from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours).
	BacktrackWindow *int64
	// A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster. Constraints: If
	// supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example:
	// mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM)
	// role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3 bucket on your behalf.
	S3IngestionRoleArn *string
	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the restored DB cluster.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. The default is a
	// 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS
	// Region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be in the format
	// hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//     * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//     * Must
	// not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//     * Must be at least 30
	// minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string
	// The version number of the database engine to use. To list all of the available
	// engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora), use the following
	// command: aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" To list all of the available engine versions
	// for aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command:
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" To list all of the available engine versions
	// for aurora-postgresql, use the following command: aws rds
	// describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" Aurora MySQL Example: 5.6.10a,
	// 5.6.mysql_aurora.1.19.2, 5.7.12, 5.7.mysql_aurora.2.04.5 Aurora PostgreSQL
	// Example: 9.6.3, 10.7
	EngineVersion *string
	// The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the Amazon S3
	// bucket. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain
	// from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a
	// letter.
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive
	// hyphens.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files
	// stored in the Amazon S3 bucket. Valid values: mysql
	SourceEngine *string
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster to
	// snapshots of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool
	// The version of the database that the backup files were created from. MySQL
	// versions 5.5, 5.6, and 5.7 are supported. Example: 5.6.40
	SourceEngineVersion *string
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster. Valid
	// Values: aurora, aurora-postgresql
	Engine *string
	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string
	// Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The
	// domain must be created prior to this operation. For Amazon Aurora DB clusters,
	// Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication to authenticate users that connect to
	// the DB cluster. For more information, see Kerberos Authentication
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	Domain *string
	// A value that indicates whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool
	// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated with
	// the specified option group. Permanent options can't be removed from an option
	// group. An option group can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated
	// with a DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string
	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi The default is a
	// 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS
	// Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available,
	// see  Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string
	// The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept
	// connections. Default: 3306
	Port *int32
	// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier
	// is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are
	// creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key
	// used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead
	// of the ARN for the KM encryption key. If the StorageEncrypted parameter is
	// enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon
	// RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption
	// key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption
	// key for each AWS Region.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create the
	// Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a SourceS3Prefix value, then the
	// Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in the Amazon S3
	// bucket.
	S3Prefix *string
	// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated with
	// the specified CharacterSet.
	CharacterSetName *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
	DatabaseName *string
	// The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster. Constraints:
	//
	//     *
	// Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//
	// * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	MasterUsername *string
	// A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the restored DB cluster
	// can be created.
	AvailabilityZones []*string
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored DB
	// cluster. If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 is used. Constraints:
	//
	//
	// * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string
	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the
	// Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	S3BucketName *string
	// The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster are
	// retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. Default: 1 Constraints:
	//
	//     *
	// Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int32
	// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
	// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Constraints: Must contain
	// from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// <p>For more information, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html">
	// IAM Database Authentication</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p>
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool
	// The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch Logs.
	// The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information,
	// see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string
}

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, and StartDBCluster
	// actions.
	DBCluster *types.DBCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct {
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. If
	// this argument is omitted, the default DB cluster parameter group for the
	// specified engine is used. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match the name
	// of an existing default DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255
	// letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//     *
	// Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster to
	// snapshots of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool
	// The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster
	// snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain
	// from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//     * First character must be a
	// letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive
	// hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-id
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string
	// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. Constraints:
	// This value must be 1150-65535 Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
	Port *int32
	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
	DatabaseName *string
	// The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from a
	// DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB
	// cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to
	// encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the
	// ARN for the KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId
	// parameter, then the following occurs:
	//
	//     * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster
	// snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is
	// encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB
	// cluster snapshot.
	//
	//     * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in
	// SnapshotIdentifier isn't encrypted, then the restored DB cluster isn't
	// encrypted.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the DB
	// cluster.
	ScalingConfiguration *types.ScalingConfiguration
	// The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. To list all of
	// the available engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora), use
	// the following command: aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora
	// --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" To list all of the available engine
	// versions for aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following
	// command: aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" To list all of the available engine versions
	// for aurora-postgresql, use the following command: aws rds
	// describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query
	// "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" If you aren't using the default engine
	// version, then you must specify the engine version. Aurora MySQL Example:
	// 5.6.10a, 5.6.mysql_aurora.1.19.2, 5.7.12, 5.7.mysql_aurora.2.04.5 Aurora
	// PostgreSQL Example: 9.6.3, 10.7
	EngineVersion *string
	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string
	// The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more
	// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string
	// The database engine to use for the new DB cluster. Default: The same as source
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
	Engine *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// <p>For more information, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html">
	// IAM Database Authentication</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p>
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool
	// Provides the list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the restored DB
	// cluster can be created.
	AvailabilityZones []*string
	// The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from. You
	// can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify a DB
	// cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB snapshot.
	// Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must match the identifier of an existing Snapshot.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string
	// The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned, serverless,
	// parallelquery, global, or multimaster.
	EngineMode *string
	// The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster. Constraints: If
	// supplied, must match the name of an existing DB subnet group. Example:
	// mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
	// The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The
	// domain must be created prior to this operation.
	Domain *string
	// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value
	// to 0. Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters.
	// Default: 0 Constraints:
	//
	//     * If specified, this value must be set to a number
	// from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours).
	BacktrackWindow *int64
}

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, and StartDBCluster
	// actions.
	DBCluster *types.DBCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct {
	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. If
	// this argument is omitted, the default DB cluster parameter group for the
	// specified engine is used. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match the name
	// of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255 letters,
	// numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//     * Can't end
	// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string
	// The name of the option group for the new DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string
	// The name of the new DB cluster to be created. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain
	// from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//     * First character must be a
	// letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following
	// values:
	//
	//     * full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the
	// source DB cluster.
	//
	//     * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a
	// clone of the source DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: You can't specify copy-on-write if
	// the engine version of the source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11. If you don't
	// specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored as a full copy
	// of the source DB cluster.
	RestoreType *string
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The date and time to restore the DB cluster to. Valid Values: Value must be a
	// time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be
	// before the latest restorable time for the DB instance
	//
	//     * Must be specified
	// if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter isn't provided
	//
	//     * Can't be specified if
	// the UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled
	//
	//     * Can't be specified if
	// the RestoreType parameter is copy-on-write
	//
	// Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z
	RestoreToTime *time.Time
	// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. Constraints: A
	// value from 1150-65535. Default: The default port for the engine.
	Port *int32
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster to
	// snapshots of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool
	// The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. Constraints:
	//
	//
	// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
	SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string
	// The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch Logs.
	// The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information,
	// see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// <p>For more information, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html">
	// IAM Database Authentication</a> in the <i>Amazon Aurora User Guide.</i> </p>
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool
	// Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The
	// domain must be created prior to this operation. For Amazon Aurora DB clusters,
	// Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication to authenticate users that connect to
	// the DB cluster. For more information, see Kerberos Authentication
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	Domain *string
	// A value that indicates whether to restore the DB cluster to the latest
	// restorable backup time. By default, the DB cluster isn't restored to the latest
	// restorable backup time. Constraints: Can't be specified if RestoreToTime
	// parameter is provided.
	UseLatestRestorableTime *bool
	// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value
	// to 0. Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters.
	// Default: 0 Constraints:
	//
	//     * If specified, this value must be set to a number
	// from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours).
	BacktrackWindow *int64
	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string
	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster. Constraints: If
	// supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example:
	// mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
	// The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from an
	// encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
	// for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS
	// account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster,
	// then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption
	// key. You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a
	// KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB
	// cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the
	// KmsKeyId parameter. If you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter,
	// then the following occurs:
	//
	//     * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the
	// restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the
	// source DB cluster.
	//
	//     * If the DB cluster isn't encrypted, then the restored
	// DB cluster isn't encrypted.
	//
	//     <p>If <code>DBClusterIdentifier</code> refers
	// to a DB cluster that isn't encrypted, then the restore request is rejected.</p>
	KmsKeyId *string
}

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, and StartDBCluster
	// actions.
	DBCluster *types.DBCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct {
	// Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain from 1 to 63 numbers, letters,
	// or hyphens
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a
	// hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-id
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. Default:
	// The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. Constraints: If supplied,
	// must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string
	// License model information for the restored DB instance. Default: Same as source.
	// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance
	// is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool
	// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE
	// encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string
	// The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as source
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source. For example, you
	// can restore a MariaDB 10.1 DB instance from a MySQL 5.6 snapshot.  <p>Valid
	// Values:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>mariadb</code> </p> </li> <li> <p>
	// <code>mysql</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>oracle-ee</code> </p> </li> <li>
	// <p> <code>oracle-se2</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>oracle-se1</code> </p>
	// </li> <li> <p> <code>oracle-se</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>postgres</code>
	// </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>sqlserver-ee</code> </p> </li> <li> <p>
	// <code>sqlserver-se</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>sqlserver-ex</code> </p>
	// </li> <li> <p> <code>sqlserver-web</code> </p> </li> </ul>
	Engine *string
	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string
	// Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in I/O
	// operations per second. If this parameter isn't specified, the IOPS value is
	// taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance is
	// converted to a non-PIOPS instance. The conversion takes additional time, though
	// your DB instance is available for connections before the conversion starts. The
	// provisioned IOPS value must follow the requirements for your database engine.
	// For more information, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve
	// Performance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
	Iops *int32
	// A value that indicates whether minor version upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the DB instance during the maintenance window.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool
	// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example,
	// db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or
	// for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and
	// availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original
	// DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to
	// snapshots of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool
	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If you do
	// not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default DBParameterGroup
	// for the specified DB engine is used. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match
	// the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255 letters,
	// numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//     * Can't end
	// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	DBParameterGroupName *string
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB instance in. The
	// domain must be created prior to this operation. Currently, only Microsoft SQL
	// Server and Oracle DB instances can be created in an Active Directory Domain. For
	// Microsoft SQL Server DB instances, Amazon RDS can use Windows Authentication to
	// authenticate users that connect to the DB instance. For more information, see
	// Using Windows Authentication with an Amazon RDS DB Instance Running Microsoft
	// SQL Server
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_SQLServerWinAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. For Oracle DB instances, Amazon RDS can use
	// Kerberos authentication to authenticate users that connect to the DB instance.
	// For more information, see  Using Kerberos Authentication with Amazon RDS for
	// Oracle
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-kerberos.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Domain *string
	// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the DB instance will be created. Default: A
	// random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You can't specify the
	// AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Example:
	// us-east-1a
	AvailabilityZone *string
	// The database name for the restored DB instance. This parameter doesn't apply to
	// the MySQL, PostgreSQL, or MariaDB engines.
	DBName *string
	// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
	// <p>Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance</p>
	OptionGroupName *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see  Deleting a DB
	// Instance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []*types.ProcessorFeature
	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values:
	// standard | gp2 | io1 If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the
	// Iops parameter. Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2
	StorageType *string
	// The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs.
	// The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information,
	// see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses its
	// default processor features.
	UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool
	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must
	// match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot.
	//
	//     * If you are restoring from
	// a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier must be the ARN of the
	// shared DB snapshot.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// For information about the supported DB engines, see CreateDBInstance ().  <p>For
	// more information about IAM database authentication, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html">
	// IAM Database Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS
	// User Guide.</i> </p>
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When the
	// DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to the private IP
	// address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public IP address from
	// outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance is ultimately
	// controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access is not
	// permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't permit it.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more information, see
	// CreateDBInstance ().
	PubliclyAccessible *bool
	// The port number on which the database accepts connections. Default: The same
	// port as the original DB instance Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	Port *int32
}

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input struct {
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When the
	// DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to the private IP
	// address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public IP address from
	// outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance is ultimately
	// controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access is not
	// permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't permit it.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more information, see
	// CreateDBInstance ().
	PubliclyAccessible *bool
	// A list of tags to associate with this DB instance. For more information, see
	// Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The version of the database that the backup files were created from. MySQL
	// versions 5.6 and 5.7 are supported. Example: 5.6.40
	SourceEngineVersion *string
	// The Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information about
	// AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone
	// in the endpoint's AWS Region. Example: us-east-1d Constraint: The
	// AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ
	// deployment. The specified Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as
	// the current endpoint.
	AvailabilityZone *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see  Deleting a DB
	// Instance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// The name of the option group to associate with this DB instance. If this
	// argument is omitted, the default option group for the specified engine is used.
	OptionGroupName *string
	// The license model for this DB instance. Use general-public-license.
	LicenseModel *string
	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If you do
	// not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default DBParameterGroup
	// for the specified DB engine is used.
	DBParameterGroupName *string
	// The version number of the database engine to use. Choose the latest minor
	// version of your database engine. For information about engine versions, see
	// CreateDBInstance, or call DescribeDBEngineVersions.
	EngineVersion *string
	// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to allocate initially for the DB instance.
	// Follow the allocation rules specified in CreateDBInstance.  <note> <p>Be sure to
	// allocate enough memory for your new DB instance so that the restore operation
	// can succeed. You can also allocate additional memory for future growth. </p>
	// </note>
	AllocatedStorage *int32
	// The prefix of your Amazon S3 bucket.
	S3Prefix *string
	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values:
	// standard | gp2 | io1 If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the
	// Iops parameter. Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise gp2
	StorageType *string
	// The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.  <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Must be in the
	// format <code>ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi</code>.</p> </li> <li> <p>Valid Days: Mon,
	// Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be in Universal Coordinated
	// Time (UTC).</p> </li> <li> <p>Must not conflict with the preferred backup
	// window.</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be at least 30 minutes.</p> </li> </ul>
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string
	// The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs.
	// The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information,
	// see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string
	// The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values
	// are 7 or 731 (2 years).
	PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int32
	// The name of your Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database backup file.
	S3BucketName *string
	// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. Default: The
	// default DB security group for the database engine.
	DBSecurityGroups []*string
	// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. The KMS key identifier
	// is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are
	// creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption
	// key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias
	// instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. If the StorageEncrypted parameter
	// is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then
	// Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default
	// encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default
	// encryption key for each AWS Region.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// The password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII
	// character except "/", """, or "@".  <p>Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41
	// characters.</p>
	MasterUserPassword *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses its
	// default processor features.
	UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool
	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// For information about the supported DB engines, see CreateDBInstance ().  <p>For
	// more information about IAM database authentication, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html">
	// IAM Database Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS
	// User Guide.</i> </p>
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool
	// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. Follow the
	// naming rules specified in CreateDBInstance.
	DBName *string
	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to
	// Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. For
	// information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting Up and Enabling Enhanced
	// Monitoring
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than
	// 0, then you must supply a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string
	// The time range each day during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled. For more information, see The Backup Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.  <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Must be in the
	// format <code>hh24:mi-hh24:mi</code>.</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC).</p> </li> <li> <p>Must not conflict with the preferred
	// maintenance window.</p> </li> <li> <p>Must be at least 30 minutes.</p> </li>
	// </ul>
	PreferredBackupWindow *string
	// The name for the master user.  <p>Constraints: </p> <ul> <li> <p>Must be 1 to 16
	// letters or numbers.</p> </li> <li> <p>First character must be a letter.</p>
	// </li> <li> <p>Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.</p> </li>
	// </ul>
	MasterUsername *string
	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
	// parameter to a positive number enables backups. For more information, see
	// CreateDBInstance.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int32
	// A list of VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB instance to
	// snapshots of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool
	// The port number on which the database accepts connections. Type: Integer Valid
	// Values: 1150-65535 Default: 3306
	Port *int32
	// The name of the engine of your source database.  <p>Valid Values:
	// <code>mysql</code> </p>
	SourceEngine *string
	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are
	// collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0.  <p>If <code>MonitoringRoleArn</code> is specified, then you
	// must also set <code>MonitoringInterval</code> to a value other than 0. </p>
	// <p>Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 </p> <p>Default: <code>0</code> </p>
	MonitoringInterval *int32
	// A value that indicates whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the DB instance during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine
	// upgrades are not applied automatically.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool
	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to allocate
	// initially for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops values, see
	// Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Iops *int32
	// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	// <p>Constraints:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or
	// hyphens.</p> </li> <li> <p>First character must be a letter.</p> </li> <li>
	// <p>Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.</p> </li> </ul>
	// <p>Example: <code>mydbinstance</code> </p>
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.  <p>Valid Values:
	// <code>mysql</code> </p>
	Engine *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB
	// instance. For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
	// in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide.
	EnablePerformanceInsights *bool
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. If the
	// DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment, you can't set the AvailabilityZone
	// parameter.
	MultiAZ *bool
	// A value that indicates whether the new DB instance is encrypted or not.
	StorageEncrypted *bool
	// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large.
	// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all
	// database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for
	// your engine, see DB Instance Class
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Importing from Amazon S3 isn't supported on the
	// db.t2.micro DB instance class.
	DBInstanceClass *string
	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []*types.ProcessorFeature
	// An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to allow Amazon RDS to access
	// your Amazon S3 bucket.
	S3IngestionRoleArn *string
	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS
	// key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key
	// alias for the KMS encryption key. If you do not specify a value for
	// PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default encryption key.
	// AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS
	// account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
	PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string
}

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct {
	// The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. Constraints:
	//
	//
	// * Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance.
	SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// License model information for the restored DB instance. Default: Same as source.
	// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string
	// The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as source
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source  <p>Valid
	// Values:</p> <ul> <li> <p> <code>mariadb</code> </p> </li> <li> <p>
	// <code>mysql</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>oracle-ee</code> </p> </li> <li>
	// <p> <code>oracle-se2</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>oracle-se1</code> </p>
	// </li> <li> <p> <code>oracle-se</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>postgres</code>
	// </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>sqlserver-ee</code> </p> </li> <li> <p>
	// <code>sqlserver-se</code> </p> </li> <li> <p> <code>sqlserver-ex</code> </p>
	// </li> <li> <p> <code>sqlserver-web</code> </p> </li> </ul>
	Engine *string
	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance. Constraints: Must be an integer greater
	// than 1000. SQL Server Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine
	// isn't supported.
	Iops *int32
	// The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs.
	// The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information,
	// see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string
	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values:
	// standard | gp2 | io1 If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the
	// Iops parameter. Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2
	StorageType *string
	// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string
	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. Constraints: If supplied,
	// must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is restored from the latest
	// backup time. By default, the DB instance isn't restored from the latest backup
	// time. Constraints: Can't be specified if the RestoreTime parameter is provided.
	UseLatestRestorableTime *bool
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see  Deleting a DB
	// Instance
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	DeletionProtection *bool
	// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
	// <p>Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance</p>
	OptionGroupName *string
	// The database name for the restored DB instance. This parameter isn't used for
	// the MySQL or MariaDB engines.
	DBName *string
	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. Default:
	// The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string
	// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the DB instance will be created. Default: A
	// random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You can't specify the
	// AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Example:
	// us-east-1a
	AvailabilityZone *string
	// The resource ID of the source DB instance from which to restore.
	SourceDbiResourceId *string
	// Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB instance in. The
	// domain must be created prior to this operation. Currently, only Microsoft SQL
	// Server and Oracle DB instances can be created in an Active Directory Domain. For
	// Microsoft SQL Server DB instances, Amazon RDS can use Windows Authentication to
	// authenticate users that connect to the DB instance. For more information, see
	// Using Windows Authentication with an Amazon RDS DB Instance Running Microsoft
	// SQL Server
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_SQLServerWinAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. For Oracle DB instances, Amazon RDS can use
	// Kerberos authentication to authenticate users that connect to the DB instance.
	// For more information, see  Using Kerberos Authentication with Amazon RDS for
	// Oracle
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-kerberos.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Domain *string
	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// For information about the supported DB engines, see CreateDBInstance ().  <p>For
	// more information about IAM database authentication, see <a
	// href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html">
	// IAM Database Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL</a> in the <i>Amazon RDS
	// User Guide.</i> </p>
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses its
	// default processor features.
	UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When the
	// DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to the private IP
	// address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public IP address from
	// outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance is ultimately
	// controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access is not
	// permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't permit it.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more information, see
	// CreateDBInstance ().
	PubliclyAccessible *bool
	// The port number on which the database accepts connections. Constraints: Value
	// must be 1150-65535 Default: The same port as the original DB instance.
	Port *int32
	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance
	// is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool
	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string
	// The date and time to restore from. Valid Values: Value must be a time in
	// Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must be before the
	// latest restorable time for the DB instance
	//
	//     * Can't be specified if the
	// UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled
	//
	// Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z
	RestoreTime *time.Time
	// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE
	// encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string
	// The name of the new DB instance to be created. Constraints:
	//
	//     * Must contain
	// from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//     * First character must be a
	// letter
	//
	//     * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []*types.ProcessorFeature
	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in
	// the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []*types.Tag
	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If you do
	// not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default DBParameterGroup
	// for the specified DB engine is used. Constraints:
	//
	//     * If supplied, must match
	// the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
	//
	//     * Must be 1 to 255 letters,
	// numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//     * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//     * Can't end
	// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	DBParameterGroupName *string
	// A value that indicates whether minor version upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the DB instance during the maintenance window.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool
	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to
	// snapshots of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool
	// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example,
	// db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or
	// for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and
	// availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original
	// DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string
}

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
	// The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string
	// The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP is
	// specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// can't be provided.
	CIDRIP *string
	// The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
	// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string
	// The AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the
	// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS access key ID isn't an acceptable value.
	// For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
	// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
	// must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string
	// The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
	// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupId *string
}

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. This data type is used
	// as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.
	DBSecurityGroup *types.DBSecurityGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type StartActivityStreamInput

type StartActivityStreamInput struct {
	// Specifies whether or not the database activity stream is to start as soon as
	// possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
	ApplyImmediately *bool
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster, for example
	// arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster.
	ResourceArn *string
	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encrypting messages in the database activity
	// stream. The key identifier can be either a key ID, a key ARN, or a key alias.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// Specifies the mode of the database activity stream. Database events such as a
	// change or access generate an activity stream event. The database session can
	// handle these events either synchronously or asynchronously.
	Mode types.ActivityStreamMode
}

type StartActivityStreamOutput

type StartActivityStreamOutput struct {
	// The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream to be used for the database activity
	// stream.
	KinesisStreamName *string
	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of messages in the database activity
	// stream.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// The mode of the database activity stream.
	Mode types.ActivityStreamMode
	// The status of the database activity stream.
	Status types.ActivityStreamStatus
	// Indicates whether or not the database activity stream will start as soon as
	// possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
	ApplyImmediately *bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type StartDBClusterInput

type StartDBClusterInput struct {
	// The DB cluster identifier of the Amazon Aurora DB cluster to be started. This
	// parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
}

type StartDBClusterOutput

type StartDBClusterOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, and StartDBCluster
	// actions.
	DBCluster *types.DBCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type StartDBInstanceInput

type StartDBInstanceInput struct {
	// The user-supplied instance identifier.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
}

type StartDBInstanceOutput

type StartDBInstanceOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type StartExportTaskInput

type StartExportTaskInput struct {
	// A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier
	// for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is to be exported to.
	ExportTaskIdentifier *string
	// The data to be exported from the snapshot. If this parameter is not provided,
	// all the snapshot data is exported. Valid values are the following:
	//
	//     *
	// database - Export all the data from a specified database.
	//
	//     * database.table
	// table-name - Export a table of the snapshot. This format is valid only for RDS
	// for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and Aurora MySQL.
	//
	//     * database.schema schema-name
	// - Export a database schema of the snapshot. This format is valid only for RDS
	// for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.
	//
	//     * database.schema.table table-name -
	// Export a table of the database schema. This format is valid only for RDS for
	// PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.
	ExportOnly []*string
	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket to export the snapshot to.
	S3BucketName *string
	// The ID of the AWS KMS key to use to encrypt the snapshot exported to Amazon S3.
	// The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or the
	// KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. The IAM role used for the snapshot
	// export must have encryption and decryption permissions to use this KMS key.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot to export to Amazon S3.
	SourceArn *string
	// The name of the IAM role to use for writing to the Amazon S3 bucket when
	// exporting a snapshot.
	IamRoleArn *string
	// The Amazon S3 bucket prefix to use as the file name and path of the exported
	// snapshot.
	S3Prefix *string
}

type StartExportTaskOutput

type StartExportTaskOutput struct {
	// The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting a
	// snapshot.
	IamRoleArn *string
	// The total amount of data exported, in gigabytes.
	TotalExtractedDataInGB *int32
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3.
	SourceArn *string
	// The Amazon S3 bucket that the snapshot is exported to.
	S3Bucket *string
	// The time that the snapshot was created.
	SnapshotTime *time.Time
	// The progress status of the export task.
	Status *string
	// A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier
	// for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is exported to.
	ExportTaskIdentifier *string
	// The reason the export failed, if it failed.
	FailureCause *string
	// The progress of the snapshot export task as a percentage.
	PercentProgress *int32
	// The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported
	// snapshot.
	S3Prefix *string
	// The ID of the AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's
	// exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS
	// key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. The IAM role
	// used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption permissions to
	// use this KMS key.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// The time that the snapshot export task completed.
	TaskEndTime *time.Time
	// The data exported from the snapshot. Valid values are the following:
	//
	//     *
	// database - Export all the data from a specified database.
	//
	//     * database.table
	// table-name - Export a table of the snapshot. This format is valid only for RDS
	// for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and Aurora MySQL.
	//
	//     * database.schema schema-name
	// - Export a database schema of the snapshot. This format is valid only for RDS
	// for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.
	//
	//     * database.schema.table table-name -
	// Export a table of the database schema. This format is valid only for RDS for
	// PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.
	ExportOnly []*string
	// A warning about the snapshot export task.
	WarningMessage *string
	// The time that the snapshot export task started.
	TaskStartTime *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Contains the details of a snapshot export to Amazon S3. This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeExportTasks action.

type StopActivityStreamInput

type StopActivityStreamInput struct {
	// Specifies whether or not the database activity stream is to stop as soon as
	// possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
	ApplyImmediately *bool
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster for the database activity
	// stream. For example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster.
	ResourceArn *string
}

type StopActivityStreamOutput

type StopActivityStreamOutput struct {
	// The AWS KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in the database activity
	// stream.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// The status of the database activity stream.
	Status types.ActivityStreamStatus
	// The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity
	// stream.
	KinesisStreamName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type StopDBClusterInput

type StopDBClusterInput struct {
	// The DB cluster identifier of the Amazon Aurora DB cluster to be stopped. This
	// parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string
}

type StopDBClusterOutput

type StopDBClusterOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, and StartDBCluster
	// actions.
	DBCluster *types.DBCluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

type StopDBInstanceInput

type StopDBInstanceInput struct {
	// The user-supplied instance identifier.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string
	// The user-supplied instance identifier of the DB Snapshot created immediately
	// before the DB instance is stopped.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string
}

type StopDBInstanceOutput

type StopDBInstanceOutput struct {
	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a
	// response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *types.DBInstance

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
}

Source Files

Directories

Path Synopsis
internal

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL